mirror of
https://gitlab.com/mbunkus/mkvtoolnix.git
synced 2025-01-08 03:02:38 +00:00
4934 lines
267 KiB
Plaintext
4934 lines
267 KiB
Plaintext
# Translations of mkvtoolnix.pot into Korean
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the MKVToolNix package.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# Potato <sheppaul@naver.com>, 2016
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: MKVToolNix\n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-03-29 08:48+0200\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-21 17:44+0100\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Potato <sheppaul@naver.com>\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Korean (http://www.transifex.com/moritz-bunkus/mkvtoolnix/language/ko/)\n"
|
||
"Language: ko\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the product entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:5
|
||
msgid "mkvextract"
|
||
msgstr "mkvextract"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the version entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:6
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:6
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:6
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:6
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:6
|
||
msgid "9.0.1"
|
||
msgstr "9.0.1"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the date entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:7
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:7
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:7
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:7
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:7
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
#| msgid "2016-02-21"
|
||
msgid "2016-03-28"
|
||
msgstr "2016-02-21"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the mkvmerge entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:9
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:9
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:9
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:9
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:9
|
||
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvmerge</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the mkvinfo entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:10
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:10
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:10
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:10
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:10
|
||
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvinfo</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the mkvextract entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:11
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:11
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:11
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:11
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:11
|
||
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvextract</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the mkvpropedit entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:12
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:12
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:12
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:12
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:12
|
||
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvpropedit</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the mkvtoolnix-gui entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:13
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:13
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:13
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:13
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:13
|
||
msgid "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvtoolnix-gui</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
msgstr "<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mkvtoolnix-gui</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the matroska entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:15
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:15
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:15
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:15
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:15
|
||
msgid "<productname>Matroska</productname>"
|
||
msgstr "<productname>Matroska</productname>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the oggvorbis entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:16
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:16
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:16
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:16
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:16
|
||
msgid "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"
|
||
msgstr "<productname>OggVorbis</productname>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the xml entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:17
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:17
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:17
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:17
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:17
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"
|
||
msgstr "<abbrev>XML</abbrev>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Attribute 'lang' of: <refentry>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:21
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:21
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:21
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:21
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:21
|
||
msgid "en"
|
||
msgstr "en"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:23
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:23
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:23
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:23
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:23
|
||
msgid "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"
|
||
msgstr "<productname>&product;</productname> <date>&date;</date>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><contrib>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:27
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:27
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:27
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:27
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:27
|
||
msgid "Developer"
|
||
msgstr "개발자"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:28
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:28
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:28
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:28
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:28
|
||
msgid "Moritz"
|
||
msgstr "Moritz"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:29
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:29
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:29
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:29
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:29
|
||
msgid "Bunkus"
|
||
msgstr "Bunkus"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><authorgroup><author><email>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:30
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:30
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:30
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:30
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:30
|
||
msgid "moritz@bunkus.org"
|
||
msgstr "moritz@bunkus.org"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refname>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:35
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:44
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:35
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:44
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:35
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:44
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:35
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:44
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:35
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:44
|
||
msgid "&product;"
|
||
msgstr "&product;"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:36
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:36
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:36
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:36
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:36
|
||
msgid "1"
|
||
msgstr "1"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:37
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:37
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:37
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:37
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:37
|
||
msgid "&version;"
|
||
msgstr "&version;"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:38
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:38
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:38
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:38
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:38
|
||
msgid "&date;"
|
||
msgstr "&date;"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:39
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:39
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:39
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:39
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:39
|
||
msgid "MKVToolNix"
|
||
msgstr "MKVToolNix"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:40
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:40
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:40
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:40
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:40
|
||
msgid "User Commands"
|
||
msgstr "사용자 명령어"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:45
|
||
msgid "extract tracks from &matroska; files into other files"
|
||
msgstr "&matroska; 파일에서 다른 파일로 트랙 추출"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:49
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:49
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:49
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:49
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:49
|
||
msgid "Synopsis"
|
||
msgstr "개요"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:51
|
||
msgid "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">mode</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg>options</arg> <arg>extraction-spec</arg>"
|
||
msgstr "<command>mkvextract</command> <arg choice=\"req\">모드</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">소스-파일명</arg> <arg>옵션</arg> <arg>추출-스펙</arg>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:60
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:58
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:65
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:59
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:62
|
||
msgid "Description"
|
||
msgstr "설명"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:62
|
||
msgid "This program extracts specific parts from a &matroska; file to other useful formats. The first argument, <option>mode</option>, tells &mkvextract; what to extract. Currently supported is the extraction of <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks\">tracks</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tags\">tags</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.attachments\">attachments</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.chapters\">chapters</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cuesheets\">CUE sheets</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.timecodes_v2\">timecodes</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cues\">cues</link>. The second argument is the name of the source file. It must be a &matroska; file. All following arguments are options and extraction specifications; both of which depend on the selected mode."
|
||
msgstr "이 프로그램은 &matroska; 파일에서 다른 유용한 형식으로 특정 부분을 추출합니다. 첫번째 인수인 <option>mode</option> 는 &mkvextract; 에게 추출할 것을 알려 줍니다. 현재 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks\">tracks</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tags\">tags</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.attachments\">attachments</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.chapters\">chapters</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cuesheets\">CUE sheets</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.timecodes_v2\">timecodes</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.cues\">cues</link>의 추출을 지원합니다. 두 번째 인수는 소스 파일의 이름인데 반드시 &matroska; 파일이어야 합니다. 다음의 모든 인수들은 옵션과 추출 사양입니다; 두 가지 모두 선택한 모드에 따라 다릅니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:72
|
||
msgid "Common options"
|
||
msgstr "공통 옵션"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:75
|
||
msgid "The following options are available in all modes and only described once in this section."
|
||
msgstr "다음 옵션은 모든 모드에서 사용 가능하고 이 부분에서 단 한번만 설명합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:80
|
||
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>-f</option>, <option>--parse-fully</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:83
|
||
msgid "Sets the parse mode to 'full'. The default mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to use this mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
|
||
msgstr "분석 모드를 '전부'로 설정합니다. 기본 모드는 전체 파일을 분석하지 않지만 소스 파일의 필요한 요소를 찾기 위해 메타 탐색 요소를 사용합니다. 이것은 99% 가량의 모든 경우에 충분합니다. 그러나 메타 탐색 요소를 포함하지 않거나 손상된 파일에서 사용자는 이 모드를 사용해야 할 지 모릅니다. 빠른 스캔은 몇 초밖에 안 걸리지만, 파일 전체 스캔은 이 삼분 걸릴 수 있습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:92
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:129
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1758
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:366
|
||
msgid "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--command-line-charset</option> <parameter>문자셋</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:95
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:132
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:369
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
|
||
msgstr "명령행에 주어진 문자열을 변환할 문자셋을 정합니다. 기본값은 현재 시스템 로케일에 따른 문자셋입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:102
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:139
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1771
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:376
|
||
msgid "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--output-charset</option> <parameter>문자셋</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:105
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:142
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1774
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:379
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set to which strings are converted that are to be output. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale."
|
||
msgstr "출력할 문자열을 변환할 문자셋을 정합니다. 기본값은 현재 시스템 로케일에 따른 문자셋입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:112
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:149
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1781
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:386
|
||
msgid "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>-r</option>, <option>--redirect-output</option> <parameter>파일명</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:115
|
||
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console. While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file. The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
|
||
msgstr "모든 메시지를 콘솔 화면 대신 <parameter>파일명</parameter> 파일에 기록합니다. 이것은 출력 방향 전환으로 쉽게 할 수 있지만 이 옵션이 필요한 경우가 있습니다: 터미널이 파일에 출력하기 전에 출력을 재해석할 때. 문자셋 설정은 <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> 을 준수합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:124
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:161
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1792
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:398
|
||
msgid "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>code</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--ui-language</option> <parameter>코드</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:127
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:401
|
||
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g. '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvextract; to output a list of available translations."
|
||
msgstr "언어 <parameter>code</parameter>의 번역을 강제로 사용합니다 (예. 독일어 번역에 대해 '<literal>de_DE</literal>'). 하지만 환경 변수 <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> 와 <varname>LC_ALL</varname>를 사용하는 것이 바람직합니다. '<literal>list</literal>'를 <parameter>code</parameter>로 입력하면 &mkvextract; 에서 이용 가능한 번역 목록을 출력할 것입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:136
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:173
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1804
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:410
|
||
msgid "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>topic</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--debug</option> <parameter>토픽</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:139
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:176
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1807
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:413
|
||
msgid "Turn on debugging for a specific feature. This option is only useful for developers."
|
||
msgstr "특정 기능에 대해 디버깅을 켭니다. 이 기능은 개발자에게만 유용합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:145
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:182
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1813
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:419
|
||
msgid "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>feature</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--engage</option> <parameter>기능</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:148
|
||
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvextract --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
|
||
msgstr "실험적인 기능을 켭니다. 이용 가능한 기능 목록은 <command>mkvextract --engage list</command>로 요청할 수 있습니다. 이 기능들은 보통 상황에서는 사용하면 안 됩니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:155
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:192
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1823
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:429
|
||
msgid "<option>--gui-mode</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--gui-mode</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:158
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:195
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1826
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:432
|
||
msgid "Turns on GUI mode. In this mode specially-formatted lines may be output that can tell a controlling GUI what's happening. These messages follow the format '<literal>#GUI#message</literal>'. The message may be followed by key/value pairs as in '<literal>#GUI#message#key1=value1#key2=value2…</literal>'. Neither the messages nor the keys are ever translated and always output in English."
|
||
msgstr "GUI 모드를 켭니다. 이 모드에서는 GUI 동작시 무슨 일이 일어나는지 알려줄 수 있는 특별하게 형식화된 줄을 출력할 것입니다. 이 메시지들은 '<literal>#GUI#message</literal>' 형식을 따릅니다. 이 메시지 뒤에 '<literal>#GUI#message#key1=value1#key2=value2…</literal>' 형태의 키/값 쌍이 붙을 수 있습니다. 메시지나 키값들은 결코 번역되지 않고 항상 영어로 출력됩니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:167
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:206
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:83
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:441
|
||
msgid "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>-v</option>, <option>--verbose</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:170
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:444
|
||
msgid "Be verbose and show all the important &matroska; elements as they're read."
|
||
msgstr "읽어들인 모든 중요한 &matroska; 요소를 자세하게 보여 줍니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:176
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:216
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1879
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:450
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:104
|
||
msgid "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>-h</option>, <option>--help</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:179
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:219
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1882
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:453
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:107
|
||
msgid "Show usage information and exit."
|
||
msgstr "사용법에 관한 정보를 표시하고 종료합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:185
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:225
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1888
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:459
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:113
|
||
msgid "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>-V</option>, <option>--version</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:188
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:228
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1891
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:462
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:116
|
||
msgid "Show version information and exit."
|
||
msgstr "버전 정보를 표시하고 종료합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:194
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:234
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1897
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:468
|
||
msgid "<option>--check-for-updates</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--check-for-updates</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:197
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:237
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1900
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:471
|
||
msgid "Checks online for new releases by downloading the URL <ulink url=\"http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml\">http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml</ulink>. Four lines will be output in <literal>key=value</literal> style: the URL from where the information was retrieved (key <literal>version_check_url</literal>), the currently running version (key <literal>running_version</literal>), the latest release's version (key <literal>available_version</literal>) and the download URL (key <literal>download_url</literal>)."
|
||
msgstr " <ulink url=\"http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml\">http://mkvtoolnix-releases.bunkus.org/latest-release.xml</ulink> URL을 다운로드하여 새로운 버전이 나왔는지 온라인에서 확인합니다. <literal>key=value</literal> 스타일의 네 줄이 출력될 것입니다: 정보를 검색하는 주소 (key <literal>version_check_url</literal>), 현재 실행 중인 버전 (key <literal>running_version</literal>), 가장 최근에 나온 버전 (key <literal>available_version</literal>), 다운로드 URL (key <literal>download_url</literal>)."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:205
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:245
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1908
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:479
|
||
msgid "Afterwards the program exists with an exit code of 0 if no newer release is available, with 1 if a newer release is available and with 2 if an error occured (e.g. if the update information could not be retrieved)."
|
||
msgstr "이후에 프로그램은 이용 가능한 새 버전이 없으면 0, 새 버전이 있으면 1, 오류 발생시(업데이트 정보를 가져올 수 없는 경우)는 2의 종료 코드를 가지고 있습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:210
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:250
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1913
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:484
|
||
msgid "This option is only available if the program was built with support for libcurl."
|
||
msgstr "이 옵션은 libcurl을 지원하도록 프로그램을 만든 경우에만 이용 가능합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:216
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:256
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1835
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:490
|
||
msgid "<option>@</option><parameter>options-file</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>@</option><parameter>옵션 파일</parameter>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:219
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:259
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:493
|
||
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>. Lines whose first non-whitespace character is a hash mark ('<literal>#</literal>') are treated as comments and ignored. White spaces at the start and end of a line will be stripped. Each line must contain exactly one option."
|
||
msgstr "<parameter>options-file</parameter> 파일에서 추가적인 명령행 인수를 읽습니다. 공백이 아닌 첫번째 문자가 해쉬 표시('<literal>#</literal>')인 줄은 주석으로 간주하여 무시합니다. 줄의 앞과 끝의 공백은 제거될 것입니다. 각 줄에는 반드시 한 개의 옵션을 포함해야 합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:225
|
||
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:230
|
||
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvextract tracks source.mkv --raw 1:destination.raw</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:234
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# Extract a track from source.mkv\n"
|
||
"tracks\n"
|
||
"source.mkv\n"
|
||
"# Output the track as raw data.\n"
|
||
"--raw\n"
|
||
"1:destination.raw"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:246
|
||
msgid "Track extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "트랙 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:249
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>tracks</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:253
|
||
msgid "The following command line options are available for each track in the '<literal>tracks</literal>' extraction mode. They have to appear in front of the track specification (see below) they should be applied to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:259
|
||
msgid "<option>-c</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:262
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set to convert the next text subtitle track to. Only valid if the next track ID targets a text subtitle track. It defaults to UTF-8."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:269
|
||
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>level</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:272
|
||
msgid "Keep only the BlockAdditions up to this level. The default is to keep all levels. This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:279
|
||
msgid "<option>--cuesheet</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:282
|
||
msgid "Causes &mkvextract; to extract a <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheet from the chapter information and tag data for the following track into a file whose name is the track's output name with '<literal>.cue</literal>' appended to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:289
|
||
msgid "<option>--raw</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:292
|
||
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it. Unlike the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.tracks.fullraw\"><option>--fullraw</option></link> flag this flag does not cause the contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element to be written to the file. This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:301
|
||
msgid "<option>--fullraw</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:304
|
||
msgid "Extracts the raw data into a file without any container data around it. The contents of the <classname>CodecPrivate</classname> element will be written to the file first if the track contains such a header element. This mode works with all <classname>CodecIDs</classname>, even the ones that &mkvextract; doesn't support otherwise, but the resulting files might not be usable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:313
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:436
|
||
msgid "<parameter>TID:outname</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:316
|
||
msgid "Causes extraction of the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:323
|
||
msgid "Each output name should be used only once. The exception are RealAudio and RealVideo tracks. If you use the same name for different tracks then those tracks will be saved in the same file. Example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:327
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvextract tracks input.mkv 1:output-two-tracks.rm 2:output-two-tracks.rm"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:334
|
||
msgid "Tags extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "태그 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:337
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>tags</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:341
|
||
msgid "The extracted tags are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:347
|
||
msgid "Attachments extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "첨부 파일 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:350
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>attachments</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>AID1:outname1</parameter> <optional><parameter>AID2:outname2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:355
|
||
msgid "<parameter>AID</parameter>:<parameter>outname</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:358
|
||
msgid "Causes extraction of the attachment with the ID <parameter>AID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such an attachment exists in the source file. If the <parameter>outname</parameter> is left empty then the name of the attachment inside the source &matroska; file is used instead. This option can be given multiple times. The attachment IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:369
|
||
msgid "Chapters extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "챕터 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:372
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>chapters</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:377
|
||
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--simple</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:380
|
||
msgid "Exports the chapter information in the simple format used in the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools (CHAPTER01=..., CHAPTER01NAME=...). In this mode some information has to be discarded. Default is to output the chapters in &xml; format."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:388
|
||
msgid "<option>--simple-language</option> <parameter>language</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:391
|
||
msgid "If the simple format is enabled then &mkvextract; will only output a single entry for each chapter atom encountered even if a chapter atom contains more than one chapter name. By default &mkvextract; will use the first chapter name found for each atom regardless of its language."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:396
|
||
msgid "Using this option allows the user to determine which chapter names are output if atoms contain more than one chapter name. The <parameter>language</parameter> parameter must be an ISO 639-1 or ISO 639-2 code."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:404
|
||
msgid "The extracted chapters are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:410
|
||
msgid "Cue sheet extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "큐시트 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:413
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>cuesheet</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:417
|
||
msgid "The extracted cue sheet is written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:423
|
||
msgid "Timecode extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:426
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>timecodes_v2</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:430
|
||
msgid "The extracted timecodes are written to the console unless the output is redirected (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvextract.output_redirection\">output redirection</link> for details)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:439
|
||
msgid "Causes extraction of the timecodes for the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:445
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:481
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:533
|
||
msgid "Example:"
|
||
msgstr "예:"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:448
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvextract timecodes_v2 input.mkv 1:tc-track1.txt 2:tc-track2.txt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:455
|
||
msgid "Cues extraction mode"
|
||
msgstr "큐 추출 모드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:458
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <command>mkvextract <option>cues</option> <parameter>source-filename</parameter> <optional><parameter>options</parameter></optional> <parameter>TID1:dest-filename1</parameter> <optional><parameter>TID2:dest-filename2</parameter> ...</optional></command>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:463
|
||
msgid "<parameter>TID:dest-filename</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:466
|
||
msgid "Causes extraction of the cues for the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> into the file <parameter>outname</parameter> if such a track exists in the source file. This option can be given multiple times. The track IDs are the same as the ones output by &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option and not the numbers contained in the <classname>CueTrack</classname> element."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:475
|
||
msgid "The format output is a simple text format: one line per <classname>CuePoint</classname> element with <literal>key=value</literal> pairs. If an optional element is not present in a <classname>CuePoint</classname> (e.g. <classname>CueDuration</classname>) then a dash will be output as the value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:484
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "timecode=00:00:13.305000000 duration=- cluster_position=757741 relative_position=11"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:486
|
||
msgid "The possible keys are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:490
|
||
msgid "timecode"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:492
|
||
msgid "The cue point's timecode with nanosecond precision. The format is <literal>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</literal>. This element is always set."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:497
|
||
msgid "duration"
|
||
msgstr "지속 시간"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:499
|
||
msgid "The cue point's duration with nanosecond precision. The format is <literal>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:504
|
||
msgid "cluster_position"
|
||
msgstr "클러스터_위치"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:506
|
||
msgid "The absolute position in bytes inside the &matroska; file where the cluster containing the referenced element starts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:509
|
||
msgid "Inside the &matroska; file the <classname>CueClusterPosition</classname> is relative to the segment's data start offset. The value output by &mkvextract;'s cue extraction mode, however, contains that offset already and is an absolute offset from the beginning of the file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:517
|
||
msgid "relative_position"
|
||
msgstr "상대적인_위치"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:519
|
||
msgid "The relative position in bytes inside the cluster where the <classname>BlockGroup</classname> or <classname>SimpleBlock</classname> element the cue point refers to starts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:523
|
||
msgid "Inside the &matroska; file the <classname>CueRelativePosition</classname> is relative to the cluster's data start offset. The value output by &mkvextract;'s cue extraction mode, however, is relative to the cluster's ID. The absolute position inside the file can be calculated by adding <literal>cluster_position</literal> and <literal>relative_position</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:536
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvextract cues input.mkv 1:cues-track1.txt 2:cues-track2.txt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:541
|
||
msgid "Output redirection"
|
||
msgstr "출력 방향 변경"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:544
|
||
msgid "Several extraction modes cause &mkvextract; to write the extracted data to the console. There are generally two ways of writing this data into a file: one provided by the shell and one provided by &mkvextract; itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:549
|
||
msgid "The shell's builtin redirection mechanism is used by appending '<literal>> output-filename.ext</literal>' to the command line. Example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:553
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvextract tags source.mkv > tags.xml"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:556
|
||
msgid "&mkvextract;'s own redirection is invoked with the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option. Example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:560
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvextract tags source.mkv --redirect-output tags.xml"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:564
|
||
msgid "On Windows you should probably use the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.common.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option because <command>cmd.exe</command> sometimes interpretes special characters before they're written into the output file resulting in broken output."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:573
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:319
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2191
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:762
|
||
msgid "Text files and character set conversions"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:576
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:322
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:765
|
||
msgid "For an in-depth discussion about how all tools in the MKVToolNix suite handle character set conversions, input/output encoding, command line encoding and console encoding please see the identically-named section in the &mkvmerge; man page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:582
|
||
msgid "Output file formats"
|
||
msgstr "출력 파일 형식"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:585
|
||
msgid "The decision about the output format is based on the track type, not on the extension used for the output file name. The following track types are supported at the moment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:591
|
||
msgid "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"
|
||
msgstr "V_MPEG4/ISO/AVC"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:594
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>H.264</abbrev> / <abbrev>AVC</abbrev> video tracks are written to <abbrev>H.264</abbrev> elementary streams which can be processed further with e.g. <productname>MP4Box</productname> from the <productname>GPAC</productname> package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:601
|
||
msgid "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"
|
||
msgstr "V_MS/VFW/FOURCC"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:604
|
||
msgid "Fixed <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> video tracks with this <classname>CodecID</classname> are written to <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:610
|
||
msgid "V_REAL/*"
|
||
msgstr "V_REAL/*"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:613
|
||
msgid "<productname>RealVideo</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:619
|
||
msgid "V_THEORA"
|
||
msgstr "V_THEORA"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:622
|
||
msgid "<productname>Theora</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:628
|
||
msgid "V_VP8, V_VP9"
|
||
msgstr "V_VP8, V_VP9"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:631
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>VP8</abbrev> / <abbrev>VP9</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>IVF</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:637
|
||
msgid "A_MPEG/L2"
|
||
msgstr "A_MPEG/L2"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:640
|
||
msgid "MPEG-1 Audio Layer II streams will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP2</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:646
|
||
msgid "A_MPEG/L3, A_AC3"
|
||
msgstr "A_MPEG/L3, A_AC3"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:649
|
||
msgid "These will be extracted to raw <abbrev>MP3</abbrev> and <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:655
|
||
msgid "A_PCM/INT/LIT"
|
||
msgstr "A_PCM/INT/LIT"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:658
|
||
msgid "Raw <abbrev>PCM</abbrev> data will be written to a <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:664
|
||
msgid "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"
|
||
msgstr "A_AAC/MPEG2/*, A_AAC/MPEG4/*, A_AAC"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:667
|
||
msgid "All <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> files will be written into an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file with <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers before each packet. The <abbrev>ADTS</abbrev> headers will not contain the deprecated emphasis field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:674
|
||
msgid "A_VORBIS"
|
||
msgstr "A_VORBIS"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:677
|
||
msgid "Vorbis audio will be written into an &oggvorbis; file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:683
|
||
msgid "A_REAL/*"
|
||
msgstr "A_REAL/*"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:686
|
||
msgid "<productname>RealAudio</productname> tracks are written to <productname>RealMedia</productname> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:692
|
||
msgid "A_TTA1"
|
||
msgstr "A_TTA1"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:695
|
||
msgid "<productname>TrueAudio</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>TTA</abbrev> files. Please note that due to &matroska;'s limited timecode precision the extracted file's header will be different regarding two fields: <varname>data_length</varname> (the total number of samples in the file) and the <abbrev>CRC</abbrev>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:703
|
||
msgid "A_ALAC"
|
||
msgstr "A_ALAC"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:706
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>ALAC</abbrev> tracks are written to <abbrev>CAF</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:712
|
||
msgid "A_FLAC"
|
||
msgstr "A_FLAC"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:715
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks are written to raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:721
|
||
msgid "A_WAVPACK4"
|
||
msgstr "A_WAVPACK4"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:724
|
||
msgid "<productname>WavPack</productname> tracks are written to <abbrev>WV</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:730
|
||
msgid "A_OPUS"
|
||
msgstr "A_OPUS"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:733
|
||
msgid "<productname>Opus</productname> tracks are written to <productname>OggOpus</productname> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:739
|
||
msgid "S_TEXT/UTF8"
|
||
msgstr "S_TEXT/UTF8"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:742
|
||
msgid "Simple text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:748
|
||
msgid "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS"
|
||
msgstr "S_TEXT/SSA, S_TEXT/ASS"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:751
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>SSA</abbrev> and <abbrev>ASS</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SSA</abbrev>/<abbrev>ASS</abbrev> files respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:758
|
||
msgid "S_KATE"
|
||
msgstr "S_KATE"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:761
|
||
msgid "<productname>Kate</productname> streams will be written within an <productname>Ogg</productname> container."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:767
|
||
msgid "S_VOBSUB"
|
||
msgstr "S_VOBSUB"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:770
|
||
msgid "<productname>VobSub</productname> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUB</abbrev> files along with the respective index files, as <abbrev>IDX</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:777
|
||
msgid "S_TEXT/USF"
|
||
msgstr "S_TEXT/USF"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:780
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>USF</abbrev> text subtitles will be written as <abbrev>USF</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:786
|
||
msgid "S_HDMV/PGS"
|
||
msgstr "S_HDMV/PGS"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:789
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>PGS</abbrev> subtitles will be written as <abbrev>SUP</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:795
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2645
|
||
msgid "Tags"
|
||
msgstr "태그"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:798
|
||
msgid "Tags are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading tags."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:804
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2480
|
||
msgid "Attachments"
|
||
msgstr "첨부 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:807
|
||
msgid "Attachments are written to they output file as they are. No conversion whatsoever is done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:813
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2509
|
||
msgid "Chapters"
|
||
msgstr "챕터"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:816
|
||
msgid "Chapters are converted to a &xml; format. This format is the same that &mkvmerge; supports for reading chapters. Alternatively a stripped-down version can be output in the simple <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> style format."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:823
|
||
msgid "Timecodes"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:826
|
||
msgid "Timecodes are first sorted and then output as a timecode v2 format compliant file ready to be fed to &mkvmerge;. The extraction to other formats (v1, v3 and v4) is not supported."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:835
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:328
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2930
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:731
|
||
msgid "Exit codes"
|
||
msgstr "종료 코드"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:838
|
||
msgid "&mkvextract; exits with one of three exit codes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:844
|
||
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that extraction has completed successfully."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:850
|
||
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvextract; has output at least one warning, but extraction did continue. A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'. Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not. The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:858
|
||
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred. &mkvextract; aborts right after outputting the error message. Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:866
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:358
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2366
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:771
|
||
msgid "Escaping special chars in text"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:868
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:360
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2368
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:773
|
||
msgid "There are a few places in which special characters in text must or should be escaped. The rules for escaping are simple: each character that needs escaping is replaced with a backslash followed by another character."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:873
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:365
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:778
|
||
msgid "The rules are: ' ' (a space) becomes '\\s', '"' (double quotes) becomes '\\2', ':' becomes '\\c', '#' becomes '\\h' and '\\' (a single backslash) itself becomes '\\\\'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:878
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:370
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2961
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:783
|
||
msgid "Environment variables"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:881
|
||
msgid "&mkvextract; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:887
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:889
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:895
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:897
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvextract.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:903
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVEXTRACT_OPTIONS</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:905
|
||
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvextract.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:914
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:406
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2997
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:819
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:124
|
||
msgid "See also"
|
||
msgstr "더 보기"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:916
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:921
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:413
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3004
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:826
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:131
|
||
msgid "WWW"
|
||
msgstr "WWW"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvextract.xml:923
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:415
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:3006
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:828
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:133
|
||
msgid "The latest version can always be found at <ulink url=\"https://mkvtoolnix.download/\">the MKVToolNix homepage</ulink>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the product entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:5
|
||
msgid "mkvinfo"
|
||
msgstr "mkvinfo"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:45
|
||
msgid "Print information about elements in &matroska; files"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:51
|
||
msgid "<command>mkvinfo</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:60
|
||
msgid "This program lists all elements contained in a &matroska;. The output can be limited to a list of tracks in the file including information about the codecs used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:66
|
||
msgid "<option>-g</option>, <option>--gui</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:69
|
||
msgid "Start the <abbrev>GUI</abbrev>. This option is only available if mkvinfo was compiled with <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> support."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:75
|
||
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--checksums</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:78
|
||
msgid "Calculates and display the <function>Adler32</function> checksum for each frame. Useful for debugging only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:84
|
||
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--summary</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:87
|
||
msgid "Only show a terse summary of what &mkvinfo; finds and not each element."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:93
|
||
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--track-info</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:96
|
||
msgid "Show statistics for each track in verbose mode. Also sets verbosity to 1 if it was at level 0 before."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:102
|
||
msgid "<option>-x</option>, <option>--hexdump</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:105
|
||
msgid "Show the first 16 bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
|
||
msgstr "각 프레임의 처음 16바이트를 16진수 덤프로 표시합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:111
|
||
msgid "<option>-X</option>, <option>--full-hexdump</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:114
|
||
msgid "Show all bytes of each frame as a hex dump."
|
||
msgstr "각 프레임의 모든 바이트를 16진수 덤프로 표시합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:120
|
||
msgid "<option>-z</option>, <option>--size</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:123
|
||
msgid "Show the size of each element including its header."
|
||
msgstr "헤더를 포함한 각 요소의 크기를 표시합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:152
|
||
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console. While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file. The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:164
|
||
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g. '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvinfo; to output a list of available translations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:185
|
||
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvinfo --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:201
|
||
msgid "This switch has nothing to do with the <option>--gui</option> parameter which causes mkvinfo to display its own GUI."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:209
|
||
msgid "Be more verbose. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.verbosity_levels\">verbosity levels</link> for a description which information will be output at which level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:265
|
||
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:270
|
||
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvinfo -v -v input.mkv --redirect-output info.txt</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:274
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# Be more verbose\n"
|
||
"-v\n"
|
||
"-v\n"
|
||
"# Parse input.mkv\n"
|
||
"input.mkv\n"
|
||
"# and write the output to info.txt\n"
|
||
"--redirect-output\n"
|
||
"info.txt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:288
|
||
msgid "Verbosity levels"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:291
|
||
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.verbose\"><option>-v</option></link> option can be used to increase &mkvinfo;'s verbosity level and print more information about the current file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:296
|
||
msgid "At level 0 &mkvinfo; will print only the track headers it finds and their types. &mkvinfo; will exit as soon as the headers are parsed completely (more technical: as soon as the first cluster is encountered). In this level the seek head entries and the cues will not be displayed -- even if they're located in front of the track information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:302
|
||
msgid "At level 1 &mkvinfo; will also print all &matroska; elements encountered for the complete file but the seek head entries and the cue entries. If the summary mode is enabled then &mkvinfo; will output the frame position as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:307
|
||
msgid "At level 2 &mkvinfo; will also print the seek head entries, the cue entries and the file position at which each &matroska; element can be found at."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:312
|
||
msgid "At level 3 and above &mkvinfo; will print some information that is not directly connected to a &matroska; element. All other elements only print stuff about the elements that were just found. Level 3 adds meta information to ease debugging (read: it's intended for developers only). All lines written by level 3 are enclosed in square brackets to make filtering them out easy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:331
|
||
msgid "&mkvinfo; exits with one of three exit codes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:337
|
||
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that the run has completed successfully."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:343
|
||
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvinfo; has output at least one warning, but the run did continue. A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:350
|
||
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred. &mkvinfo; aborts right after outputting the error message. Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:373
|
||
msgid "&mkvinfo; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:379
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVINFO_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:381
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:387
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVINFO_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:389
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:395
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVINFO_OPTIONS</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:397
|
||
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvinfo.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvinfo.xml:408
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the product entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:5
|
||
msgid "mkvmerge"
|
||
msgstr "mkvmerge"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:45
|
||
msgid "Merge multimedia streams into a &matroska; file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:51
|
||
msgid "<command>mkvmerge</command> <arg>global options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">-o out</arg> <arg>options1</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file1</arg> <arg> <arg>options2</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">file2</arg> </arg> <arg>@optionsfile</arg>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:67
|
||
msgid "This program takes the input from several media files and joins their streams (all of them or just a selection) into a &matroska; file; see <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><important><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:73
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1930
|
||
msgid "The order of command line options is important. Please read the section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_order\">"Option order"</link> if you're new to the program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:79
|
||
msgid "Global options"
|
||
msgstr "전역 옵션"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:85
|
||
msgid "Increase verbosity."
|
||
msgstr "보다 자세한 정보를 표시합니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:90
|
||
msgid "<option>-q</option>, <option>--quiet</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:92
|
||
msgid "Suppress status output."
|
||
msgstr "상태 정보를 출력하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:97
|
||
msgid "<option>-o</option>, <option>--output</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:99
|
||
msgid "Write to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. If splitting is used then this parameter is treated a bit differently. See the explanation for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.split\"><option>--split</option></link> option for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:105
|
||
msgid "<option>-w</option>, <option>--webm</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:107
|
||
msgid "Create a WebM compliant file. This is also turned on if the output file name's extension is "webm". This mode enforces several restrictions. The only allowed codecs are VP8, VP9 video and Opus, Vorbis audio tracks. Neither chapters nor tags are allowed. The DocType header item is changed to "webm"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:115
|
||
msgid "<option>--title</option> <parameter>title</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:117
|
||
msgid "Sets the general title for the output file, e.g. the movie name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:122
|
||
msgid "<option>--default-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:124
|
||
msgid "Sets the default language code that will be used for tracks for which no language is set with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option and for which the source container doesn't provide a language."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:128
|
||
msgid "The default language code is '<literal>und</literal>' for 'undefined'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:135
|
||
msgid "Segment info handling (global options)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:139
|
||
msgid "<option>--segmentinfo</option> <parameter>filename.xml</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:142
|
||
msgid "Read segment information from a <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file. This file can contain the segment family <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>, previous and next segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev> elements. An example file and a <abbrev>DTD</abbrev> are included in the MKVToolNix distribution."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:148
|
||
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.segmentinfo\">segment info XML files</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:154
|
||
msgid "<option>--segment-uid</option> <parameter>SID1,SID2,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:157
|
||
msgid "Sets the segment UIDs to use. This is a comma-separated list of 128bit segment UIDs in the usual UID form: hex numbers with or without the "0x" prefix, with or without spaces, exactly 32 digits."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:162
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:843
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:857
|
||
msgid "If SID starts with = then its rest is interpreted as the name of a Matroska file whose segment UID is read and used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:166
|
||
msgid "Each file created contains one segment, and each segment has one segment UID. If more segment UIDs are specified than segments are created then the surplus UIDs are ignored. If fewer UIDs are specified than segments are created then random UIDs will be created for them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:176
|
||
msgid "Chapter and tag handling (global options)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:180
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1266
|
||
msgid "<option>--chapter-language</option> <parameter>language-code</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:183
|
||
msgid "Sets the ISO639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry. Defaults to '<literal>eng</literal>'. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:188
|
||
msgid "This option can be used both for simple chapter files and for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' language, e.g. MP4 and OGM files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:193
|
||
msgid "The language set with this option is also used when chapters are generated with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters\"><option>--generate-chapters</option> option</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:200
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1255
|
||
msgid "<option>--chapter-charset</option> <parameter>character-set</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:203
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for simple chapter files. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:209
|
||
msgid "This switch does also apply to chapters that are copied from certain container types, e.g. Ogg/OGM and MP4 files. See the section about chapters below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:216
|
||
msgid "<option>--generate-chapters</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:219
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; can create chapters automatically. The following two modes are currently supported:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:225
|
||
msgid "'<literal>when-appending</literal>' – This mode creates one chapter at the start and one chapter whenever a file is appended."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:230
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; requires a video or an audio track to be present in order to be able to determine when a new file is appended. If one or more video tracks are muxed the first one is used. Otherwise the first audio track is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:238
|
||
msgid "'<literal>interval:</literal><parameter>time-spec</parameter>' – This mode creates one chapter at fixed intervals given by <parameter>time-spec</parameter>. The format is either the form <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> or a number followed by one of the units '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>' or '<literal>us</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:244
|
||
msgid "Example: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <literal>--generate-chapters interval:45s</literal>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:250
|
||
msgid "The names for the new chapters are controlled by the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters_name_template\">--generate-chapters-name-template</link>. The language is set with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_language\">--chapter-language</link> which must occur before <option>--generate-chapters</option>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:259
|
||
msgid "<option>--generate-chapters-name-template</option> <parameter>template</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:262
|
||
msgid "This sets the name template for chapter names generated by the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.generate_chapters\">--generate-chapters</link>. If the option is not used then default '<literal>Chapter <NUM:2></literal>' will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:268
|
||
msgid "There are several variables that can be used in the template that are replaced by their actual values when a chapter is generated. The string '<literal><NUM></literal>' will be replaced by the chapter number. The string '<literal><START></literal>' will be replaced by the chapter's start timestamp."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:274
|
||
msgid "You can specify a minimum number of places for the chapter number with '<literal><NUM:places></literal>', e.g. '<literal><NUM:3></literal>'. The resulting number will be padded with leading zeroes if the number of places is less than specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:279
|
||
msgid "You can control the format used by the start timestamp with <literal><START:format></literal>. The format defaults to '<literal>%H:%M:%S</literal>' if none is given. Valid format codes are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:285
|
||
msgid "<literal>%h</literal> – hours"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:288
|
||
msgid "<literal>%H</literal> – hours zero-padded to two places"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:291
|
||
msgid "<literal>%m</literal> – minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:294
|
||
msgid "<literal>%M</literal> – minutes zero-padded to two places"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:297
|
||
msgid "<literal>%s</literal> – seconds"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:300
|
||
msgid "<literal>%S</literal> – seconds zero-padded to two places"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:303
|
||
msgid "<literal>%n</literal> – nanoseconds with nine places"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:306
|
||
msgid "<literal>%<1-9>n</literal> – nanoseconds with up to nine places (e.g. three places with <literal>%3n</literal>)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:313
|
||
msgid "<option>--cue-chapter-name-format</option> <parameter>format</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:316
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports reading <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets for audio files as the input for chapters. <abbrev>CUE</abbrev> sheets usually contain the entries <varname>PERFORMER</varname> and <varname>TITLE</varname> for each index entry. &mkvmerge; uses these two strings in order to construct the chapter name. With this option the format used for this name can be set."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:322
|
||
msgid "If this option is not given then &mkvmerge; defaults to the format '<code>%p - %t</code>' (the performer, followed by a space, a dash, another space and the title)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:327
|
||
msgid "If the format is given then everything except the following meta characters is copied as-is, and the meta characters are replaced like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:333
|
||
msgid "<parameter>%p</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>PERFORMER</varname> string,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:336
|
||
msgid "<parameter>%t</parameter> is replaced by the current entry's <varname>TITLE</varname> string,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:339
|
||
msgid "<parameter>%n</parameter> is replaced by the current track number and"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:342
|
||
msgid "<parameter>%N</parameter> is replaced by the current track number padded with a leading zero if it is < 10."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:350
|
||
msgid "<option>--chapters</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:353
|
||
msgid "Read chapter information from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.chapters\">chapters</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:360
|
||
msgid "<option>--global-tags</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:363
|
||
msgid "Read global tags from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:372
|
||
msgid "General output control (advanced global options)"
|
||
msgstr "일반 출력 제어 (고급 전역 옵션)"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:376
|
||
msgid "<option>--track-order</option> <parameter>FID1:TID1,FID2:TID2,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:379
|
||
msgid "This option changes the order in which the tracks for an input file are created. The argument is a comma separated list of pairs IDs. Each pair contains first the file ID (<parameter>FID1</parameter>) which is simply the number of the file on the command line starting at 0. The second is a track ID (<parameter>TID1</parameter>) from that file. If some track IDs are omitted then those tracks are created after the ones given with this option have been created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:388
|
||
msgid "<option>--cluster-length</option> <parameter>spec</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:391
|
||
msgid "Limit the number of data blocks or the duration of data in each cluster. The <parameter>spec</parameter> parameter can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> without a unit or a number <parameter>d</parameter> postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:396
|
||
msgid "If no unit is used then &mkvmerge; will put at most <parameter>n</parameter> data blocks into each cluster. The maximum number of blocks is 65535."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:401
|
||
msgid "If the number <parameter>d</parameter> is postfixed with '<literal>ms</literal>' then &mkvmerge; puts at most <parameter>d</parameter> milliseconds of data into each cluster. The minimum for <parameter>d</parameter> is '<literal>100ms</literal>', and the maximum is '<literal>32000ms</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:407
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; defaults to putting at most 65535 data blocks and 5000ms of data into a cluster."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:411
|
||
msgid "Programs trying to find a certain frame can only seek directly to a cluster and have to read the whole cluster afterwards. Therefore creating larger clusters may lead to imprecise or slow seeking."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:418
|
||
msgid "<option>--no-cues</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:421
|
||
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; not to create and write the cue data which can be compared to an index in an AVI. &matroska; files can be played back without the cue data, but seeking will probably be imprecise and slower. Use this only if you're really desperate for space or for testing purposes. See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.cues\"><option>--cues</option></link> which can be specified for each input file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:430
|
||
msgid "<option>--clusters-in-meta-seek</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:433
|
||
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; to create a meta seek element at the end of the file containing all clusters. See also the section about the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_layout\">&matroska; file layout</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:440
|
||
msgid "<option>--disable-lacing</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:443
|
||
msgid "Disables lacing for all tracks. This will increase the file's size, especially if there are many audio tracks. This option is not intended for everyday use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:450
|
||
msgid "<option>--enable-durations</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:453
|
||
msgid "Write durations for all blocks. This will increase file size and does not offer any additional value for players at the moment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:459
|
||
msgid "<option>--disable-track-statistics-tags</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:462
|
||
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; will write certain tags with statistics for each track. If such tags are already present then they will be overwritten. The tags are <constant>BPS</constant>, <constant>DURATION</constant>, <constant>NUMBER_OF_BYTES</constant> and <constant>NUMBER_OF_FRAMES</constant>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:468
|
||
msgid "Enabling this option prevents &mkvmerge; from writing those tags and from touching any existing tags with same names."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:474
|
||
msgid "<option>--timecode-scale</option> <parameter>factor</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:477
|
||
msgid "Forces the timecode scale factor to <parameter>factor</parameter>. Valid values are in the range <constant>1000</constant>..<constant>10000000</constant> or the special value <constant>-1</constant>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:482
|
||
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; will use a value of <constant>1000000</constant> which means that timecodes and durations will have a precision of 1ms. For files that will not contain a video track but at least one audio track &mkvmerge; will automatically chose a timecode scale factor so that all timecodes and durations have a precision of one audio sample. This causes bigger overhead but allows precise seeking and extraction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:489
|
||
msgid "If the special value <constant>-1</constant> is used then &mkvmerge; will use sample precision even if a video track is present."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:497
|
||
msgid "File splitting, linking, appending and concatenation (more global options)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:501
|
||
msgid "<option>--split</option> <parameter>specification</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:505
|
||
msgid "Splits the output file after a given size or a given time. Please note that tracks can only be split right before a key frame. Due to buffering &mkvmerge; will split right before the next key frame after the split point has been reached. Therefore the split point may be a bit off from what the user has specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:511
|
||
msgid "At the moment &mkvmerge; supports four different modes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:517
|
||
msgid "Splitting by size."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:521
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>size:</literal></optional><parameter>d</parameter><optional>k|m|g</optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:525
|
||
msgid "Examples: <code>--split size:700m</code> or <code>--split 150000000</code>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <code>--split size:700m</code> or <code>--split 150000000</code>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:529
|
||
msgid "The parameter <parameter>d</parameter> may end with '<literal>k</literal>', '<literal>m</literal>' or '<literal>g</literal>' to indicate that the size is in KB, MB or GB respectively. Otherwise a size in bytes is assumed. After the current output file has reached this size limit a new one will be started."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:535
|
||
msgid "The '<literal>size:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:541
|
||
msgid "Splitting after a duration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:545
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <optional><literal>duration:</literal></optional><parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter>|<parameter>d</parameter>s"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:549
|
||
msgid "Examples: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> or <code>--split 3600s</code>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <code>--split duration:00:60:00.000</code> or <code>--split 3600s</code>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:553
|
||
msgid "The parameter must either have the form <parameter>HH:MM:SS.nnnnnnnnn</parameter> for specifying the duration in up to nano-second precision or be a number <parameter>d</parameter> followed by the letter '<literal>s</literal>' for the duration in seconds. <parameter>HH</parameter> is the number of hours, <parameter>MM</parameter> the number of minutes, <parameter>SS</parameter> the number of seconds and <parameter>nnnnnnnnn</parameter> the number of nanoseconds. Both the number of hours and the number of nanoseconds can be omitted. There can be up to nine digits after the decimal point. After the duration of the contents in the current output has reached this limit a new output file will be started."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:562
|
||
msgid "The '<literal>duration:</literal>' prefix may be omitted for compatibility reasons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:568
|
||
msgid "Splitting after specific timecodes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:572
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>timecodes:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:576
|
||
msgid "Example: <code>--split timecodes:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <code>--split timecodes:00:45:00.000,01:20:00.250,6300s</code>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:580
|
||
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all have the same format as the ones used for the duration (see above). The list of timecodes is separated by commas. After the input stream has reached the current split point's timecode a new file is created. Then the next split point given in this list is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:586
|
||
msgid "The '<literal>timecodes:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:592
|
||
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying timecode ranges while discarding others."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:596
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:602
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:603
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts:00:01:20-00:02:45,+00:05:50-00:10:30</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:604
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts:-00:02:45,00:05:50-</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:600
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:668
|
||
msgid "Examples: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:609
|
||
msgid "The <literal>parts</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of timecodes while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end timecode in the same format the other variations of <parameter>--split</parameter> accept (e.g. both <literal>00:01:20</literal> and <literal>80s</literal> refer to the same timecode)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:616
|
||
msgid "If a start timecode is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end timecode. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:621
|
||
msgid "If an end timecode is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:626
|
||
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start timecode with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timecodes will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:633
|
||
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:639
|
||
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>00:01:20</literal> until <literal>00:02:45</literal> and the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until <literal>00:10:30</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:644
|
||
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>00:02:45</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>00:05:50</literal> until the end of the source files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:651
|
||
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end timecode is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:660
|
||
msgid "Keeping specific parts by specifying frame/field number ranges while discarding others."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:664
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>parts-frames:</literal><parameter>start1</parameter>-<parameter>end1</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start2</parameter>-<parameter>end2</parameter><optional>,<optional>+</optional><parameter>start3</parameter>-<parameter>end3</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:670
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:137-258,548-1211</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:671
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:733-912,+1592-2730</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:672
|
||
msgid "<code>--split parts-frames:-430,2512-</code>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:677
|
||
msgid "The <literal>parts-frames</literal> mode tells &mkvmerge; to keep certain ranges of frame/field numbers while discarding others. The ranges to keep have to be listed after the <literal>parts-frames:</literal> keyword and be separated by commas. A range itself consists of a start and an end frame/field number. Numbering starts at 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:683
|
||
msgid "If a start number is left out then it defaults to the previous range's end number. If there was no previous range then it defaults to the start of the file (see example 3)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:688
|
||
msgid "If an end number is left out then it defaults to the end of the source files which basically tells &mkvmerge; to keep the rest (see example 3)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:693
|
||
msgid "Normally each range will be written to a new file. This can be changed so that consecutive ranges are written to the same file. For that the user has to prefix the start number with a <literal>+</literal>. This tells &mkvmerge; not to create a new file and instead append the range to the same file the previous range was written to. Timecodes will be adjusted so that there will be no gap in the output file even if there was a gap in the two ranges in the input file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:701
|
||
msgid "Note that &mkvmerge; only makes decisions about splitting at key frame positions. This applies to both the start and the end of each range. So even if an end frame/field number is between two key frames &mkvmerge; will continue outputting the frames up to but excluding the following key frame."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:708
|
||
msgid "In example 1 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content starting from the first key frame at or after <literal>137</literal> up to but excluding the first key frame at or after <literal>258</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>548</literal> until <literal>1211</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:714
|
||
msgid "In example 2 &mkvmerge; will create only one file. This file will contain both the content starting from <literal>733</literal> until <literal>912</literal> and the content starting from <literal>1592</literal> until <literal>2730</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:719
|
||
msgid "In example 3 &mkvmerge; will create two files. The first will contain the content from the start of the source files until <literal>430</literal>. The second file will contain the content starting from <literal>2512</literal> until the end of the source files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:725
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:762
|
||
msgid "This mode considers only the first video track that is output. If no video track is output no splitting will occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:730
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:767
|
||
msgid "The numbers given with this argument are interpreted based on the number of &matroska; blocks that are output. A single &matroska; block contains either a full frame (for progressive content) or a single field (for interlaced content). mkvmerge does not distinguish between those two and simply counts the number of blocks. For example: If one wanted to split after the 25th full frame with interlaced content one would have to use <literal>50</literal> (two fields per full frame) as the split point."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:740
|
||
msgid "Splitting after specific frames/fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:744
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>frames:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:748
|
||
msgid "Example: <code>--split frames:120,237,891</code>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <code>--split frames:120,237,891</code>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:752
|
||
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers. Numbering starts at 1. The list of frame/field numbers is separated by commas. After the input stream has reached the current split point's frame/field number a new file is created. Then the next split point given in this list is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:758
|
||
msgid "The '<literal>frames:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:777
|
||
msgid "Splitting before specific chapters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:781
|
||
msgid "Syntax: <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:all</literal> or <option>--split</option> <literal>chapters:</literal><parameter>A</parameter><optional>,<parameter>B</parameter><optional>,<parameter>C</parameter>...</optional></optional>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:786
|
||
msgid "Example: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"
|
||
msgstr "예: <code>--split chapters:5,8</code>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:790
|
||
msgid "The parameters <parameter>A</parameter>, <parameter>B</parameter>, <parameter>C</parameter> etc must all be positive integers. Numbering starts at 1. The list of chapter numbers is separated by commas. Splitting will occur right before the first key frame whose timecode is equal to or bigger than the start timecode for the chapters whose numbers are listed. A chapter starting at 0s is never considered for splitting and discarded silently."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:797
|
||
msgid "The keyword <literal>all</literal> can be used instead of listing all chapter numbers manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:801
|
||
msgid "The '<literal>chapters:</literal>' prefix must not be omitted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:806
|
||
msgid "The &matroska; file format supports arbitrary deeply nested chapter structures called 'edition entries' and 'chapter atoms'. However, this mode only considers the top-most level of chapters across all edition entries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:814
|
||
msgid "For this splitting mode the output filename is treated differently than for the normal operation. It may contain a <function>printf</function> like expression '<code>%d</code>' including an optional field width, e.g. '<code>%02d</code>'. If it does then the current file number will be formatted appropriately and inserted at that point in the filename. If there is no such pattern then a pattern of '<code>-%03d</code>' is assumed right before the file's extension: '<code>-o output.mkv</code>' would result in '<code>output-001.mkv</code>' and so on. If there's no extension then '<code>-%03d</code>' will be appended to the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:825
|
||
msgid "<option>--link</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:828
|
||
msgid "Link files to one another when splitting the output file. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:835
|
||
msgid "<option>--link-to-previous</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:838
|
||
msgid "Links the first output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:849
|
||
msgid "<option>--link-to-next</option> <parameter>segment-UID</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:852
|
||
msgid "Links the last output file to the segment with the segment UID given by the <parameter>segment-UID</parameter> parameter. See the section on <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.file_linking\">file linking</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:863
|
||
msgid "<option>--append-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:866
|
||
msgid "Determines how timecodes are calculated when appending files. The parameter <parameter>mode</parameter> can have two values: '<literal>file</literal>' which is also the default and '<literal>track</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:871
|
||
msgid "When mkvmerge appends a track (called '<literal>track2_1</literal>' from now on) from a second file (called '<literal>file2</literal>') to a track (called '<literal>track1_1</literal>') from the first file (called '<literal>file1</literal>') then it has to offset all timecodes for '<literal>track2_1</literal>' by an amount. For '<literal>file</literal>' mode this amount is the highest timecode encountered in '<literal>file1</literal>' even if that timecode was from a different track than '<literal>track1_1</literal>'. In track mode the offset is the highest timecode of '<literal>track1_1</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:879
|
||
msgid "Unfortunately mkvmerge cannot detect which mode to use reliably. Therefore it defaults to '<literal>file</literal>' mode. '<literal>file</literal>' mode usually works better for files that have been created independently of each other; e.g. when appending <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> or <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files. '<literal>track</literal>' mode may work better for sources that are essentially just parts of one big file, e.g. for <abbrev>VOB</abbrev> and <abbrev>EVO</abbrev> files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:886
|
||
msgid "Subtitle tracks are always treated as if '<literal>file</literal>' mode were active even if '<literal>track</literal>' mode actually is."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:893
|
||
msgid "<option>--append-to</option> <parameter>SFID1:STID1:DFID1:DTID1<optional>,...</optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:896
|
||
msgid "This option controls to which track another track is appended. Each spec contains four IDs: a file ID, a track ID, a second file ID and a second track ID. The first pair, \"source file ID\" and \"source track ID\", identifies the track that is to be appended. The second pair, \"destination file ID\" and \"destination track ID\", identifies the track the first one is appended to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:902
|
||
msgid "If this option has been omitted then a standard mapping is used. This standard mapping appends each track from the current file to a track from the previous file with the same track ID. This allows for easy appending if a movie has been split into two parts and both file have the same number of tracks and track IDs with the command <command>mkvmerge -o output.mkv part1.mkv +part2.mkv</command>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:910
|
||
msgid "<option>+</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:913
|
||
msgid "A single '+' causes the next file to be appended instead of added. The '+' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:917
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv + file2.mkv\n"
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv file1.mkv +file2.mkv"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:923
|
||
msgid "<option>=</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:926
|
||
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; looks for files in the same directory as an input file that have the same base name and only differ in their running number (e.g. 'VTS_01_1.VOB', 'VTS_01_2.VOB', 'VTS_01_3.VOB' etc) and treats all of those files as if they were concatenated into a single big file. This option, a single '=', causes mkvmerge not to look for those additional files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:932
|
||
msgid "The '=' can also be put in front of the next file name. Therefore the following two commands are equivalent:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:935
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv = file1.mkv\n"
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o full.mkv =file1.mkv"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:941
|
||
msgid "<option>(</option> <parameter>file1</parameter> <parameter>file2</parameter> <option>)</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:944
|
||
msgid "If multiple file names are contained in a pair of parenthesis then those files will be treated as if they were concatenated into a single big file consisting of the content of each of the files one after the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:949
|
||
msgid "This can be used for e.g. VOB files coming from a DVD or MPEG transport streams. It cannot be used if each file contains its own set of headers which is usually the case with stand-alone files like AVI or MP4."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:954
|
||
msgid "Putting a file name into parenthesis also prevents &mkvmerge; from looking for additional files with the same base name as described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.prevent_concatenation\">option <option>=</option></link>. Therefore these two command lines are equivalent:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:959
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv = file.mkv\n"
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o out.mkv '(' file.mkv ')'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:963
|
||
msgid "Several things should be noted:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:969
|
||
msgid "There must be spaces both after the opening and before the closing parenthesis."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:975
|
||
msgid "Every parameter between parenthesis is interpreted as a file name. Therefore all options applying to this logical file must be listed before the opening parenthesis."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:981
|
||
msgid "Some shells treat parenthesis as special characters. Hence you must escape or quote them as shown in the example above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:992
|
||
msgid "Attachment support (more global options)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:996
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:351
|
||
msgid "<option>--attachment-description</option> <parameter>description</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:999
|
||
msgid "Plain text description of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <option>--attach-file-once</option> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1007
|
||
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>MIME type</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1010
|
||
msgid "<abbrev >MIME</abbrev> type of the following attachment. Applies to the next <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option. A list of officially recognized <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> types can be found e.g. at <ulink url=\"http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/\">the IANA homepage</ulink>. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type is mandatory for an attachment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1020
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:333
|
||
msgid "<option>--attachment-name</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1023
|
||
msgid "Sets the name that will be stored in the output file for this attachment. If this option is not given then the name will be derived from the file name of the attachment as given with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attach_file\"><option>--attach-file-once</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1033
|
||
msgid "<option>--attach-file</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>, <option>--attach-file-once</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1038
|
||
msgid "Creates a file attachment inside the &matroska; file. The <abbrev>MIME</abbrev> type must have been set before this option can used. The difference between the two forms is that during splitting the files attached with <option>--attach-file</option> are attached to all output files while the ones attached with <option>--attach-file-once</option> are only attached to the first file created. If splitting is not used then both do the same."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1045
|
||
msgid "&mkvextract; can be used to extract attached files from a &matroska; file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1053
|
||
msgid "Options that can be used for each input file"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1057
|
||
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--audio-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1060
|
||
msgid "Copy the audio tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all audio tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1066
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1091
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1112
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1133
|
||
msgid "Instead of track IDs you can also provide ISO 639-2 language codes. This will only work for source files that provide language tags for their tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1071
|
||
msgid "Default: copy all tracks of this kind."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1075
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1096
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1117
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1138
|
||
msgid "If the IDs are prefixed with <literal>!</literal> then the meaning is reversed: copy all tracks of this kind but the ones listed after the <literal>!</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1082
|
||
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1085
|
||
msgid "Copy the video tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all video tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1103
|
||
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1106
|
||
msgid "Copy the subtitle tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all subtitle tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1124
|
||
msgid "<option>-b</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1127
|
||
msgid "Copy the button tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch. They're not simply the track numbers (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Default: copy all button tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1145
|
||
msgid "<option>--track-tags</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n,m,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1148
|
||
msgid "Copy the tags for tracks <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc. The numbers are track IDs which can be obtained with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> switch (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). They're not simply the track numbers. Default: copy tags for all tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1154
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1176
|
||
msgid "If the IDs are prefixed with <literal>!</literal> then the meaning is reversed: copy everything but the IDs listed after the <literal>!</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1161
|
||
msgid "<option>-m</option>, <option>--attachments</option> <parameter><optional>!</optional>n<optional>:all|first</optional>,m<optional>:all|first</optional>,...</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1164
|
||
msgid "Copy the attachments with the IDs <parameter>n</parameter>, <parameter>m</parameter> etc to all or only the first output file. Each ID can be followed by either '<literal>:all</literal>' (which is the default if neither is entered) or '<literal>:first</literal>'. If splitting is active then those attachments whose IDs are specified with '<literal>:all</literal>' are copied to all of the resulting output files while the others are only copied into the first output file. If splitting is not active then both variants have the same effect."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1172
|
||
msgid "The default is to copy all attachments to all output files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1183
|
||
msgid "<option>-A</option>, <option>--no-audio</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1186
|
||
msgid "Don't copy any audio track from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 어떤 오디오 트랙도 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1192
|
||
msgid "<option>-D</option>, <option>--no-video</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1195
|
||
msgid "Don't copy any video track from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 어떤 비디오 트랙도 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1201
|
||
msgid "<option>-S</option>, <option>--no-subtitles</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1204
|
||
msgid "Don't copy any subtitle track from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 어떤 자막 트랙도 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1210
|
||
msgid "<option>-B</option>, <option>--no-buttons</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1213
|
||
msgid "Don't copy any button track from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 어떤 버튼 트랙도 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1219
|
||
msgid "<option>-T</option>, <option>--no-track-tags</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1222
|
||
msgid "Don't copy any track specific tags from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 트랙의 어떤 특정한 태그도 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1228
|
||
msgid "<option>--no-chapters</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1231
|
||
msgid "Don't copy chapters from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 챕터를 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1237
|
||
msgid "<option>-M</option>, <option>--no-attachments</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1240
|
||
msgid "Don't copy attachments from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 첨부 파일을 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1246
|
||
msgid "<option>--no-global-tags</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1249
|
||
msgid "Don't copy global tags from this file."
|
||
msgstr "이 파일에서 전역 태그를 복사하지 않습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1258
|
||
msgid "Sets the charset that is used for the conversion to UTF-8 for chapter information contained in the source file. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1269
|
||
msgid "Sets the ISO639-2 language code that is written for each chapter entry. This option can be used for source files that contain chapters but no information about the chapters' languages, e.g. for MP4 and OGM files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1276
|
||
msgid "<option>-y</option>, <option>--sync</option> <parameter>TID:d<optional>,o<optional>/p</optional></optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1279
|
||
msgid "Adjust the timecodes of the track with the id <parameter>TID</parameter> by <parameter>d</parameter> ms. The track IDs are the same as the ones given with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1285
|
||
msgid "<parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter>: adjust the timestamps by <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> to fix linear drifts. <parameter>p</parameter> defaults to 1 if omitted. Both <parameter>o</parameter> and <parameter>p</parameter> can be floating point numbers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1291
|
||
msgid "Defaults: no manual sync correction (which is the same as <parameter>d</parameter> = <constant>0</constant> and <parameter>o</parameter>/<parameter>p</parameter> = <constant>1.0</constant>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1296
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1318
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1335
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1349
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1385
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1646
|
||
msgid "This option can be used multiple times for an input file applying to several tracks by selecting different track IDs each time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1302
|
||
msgid "<option>--cues</option> <parameter>TID:none|iframes|all</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1305
|
||
msgid "Controls for which tracks cue (index) entries are created for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). '<literal>none</literal>' inhibits the creation of cue entries. For '<literal>iframes</literal>' only blocks with no backward or forward references ( = I frames in video tracks) are put into the cue sheet. '<literal>all</literal>' causes &mkvmerge; to create cue entries for all blocks which will make the file very big."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1312
|
||
msgid "The default is '<literal>iframes</literal>' for video tracks and '<literal>none</literal>' for all others. See also option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_cues\"><option>--no-cues</option></link> which inhibits the creation of cue entries regardless of the <option>--cues</option> options used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1324
|
||
msgid "<option>--default-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1327
|
||
msgid "Sets the 'default' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present. If the user does not explicitly select a track himself then the player should prefer the track that has his 'default' flag set. Only one track of each kind (audio, video, subtitles, buttons) can have his 'default' flag set. If the user wants no track to have the default track flag set then he has to set <parameter>bool</parameter> to <constant>0</constant> for all tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1341
|
||
msgid "<option>--forced-track</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:bool</optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1344
|
||
msgid "Sets the 'forced' flag for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) if the optional argument <parameter>bool</parameter> is not present. A player must play all tracks for which this flag is set to <constant>1</constant>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1355
|
||
msgid "<option>--blockadd</option> <parameter>TID:level</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1358
|
||
msgid "Keep only the <classname>BlockAdditions</classname> up to the level <parameter>level</parameter> for the given track. The default is to keep all levels. This option only affects certain kinds of codecs like WAVPACK4."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1365
|
||
msgid "<option>--track-name</option> <parameter>TID:name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1368
|
||
msgid "Sets the track name for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>) to <parameter>name</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1375
|
||
msgid "<option>--language</option> <parameter>TID:language</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1378
|
||
msgid "Sets the language for the given track (see section <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.track_ids\">track IDs</link>). Both ISO639-2 language codes and ISO639-1 country codes are allowed. The country codes will be converted to language codes automatically. All languages including their ISO639-2 codes can be listed with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.list_languages\"><option>--list-languages</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1391
|
||
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1394
|
||
msgid "Read tags for the track with the number <parameter>TID</parameter> from the file <parameter>file-name</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.tags\">tags</link> below for details."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1401
|
||
msgid "<option>--aac-is-sbr</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1404
|
||
msgid "Tells &mkvmerge; that the track with the ID <parameter>TID</parameter> is <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> (also known as <abbrev>HE-AAC</abbrev> or <abbrev>AAC+</abbrev>). This options is needed if a) the source file is an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file (<emphasis>not</emphasis> for a &matroska; file) and b) the <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file contains <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data. The reason for this switch is that it is technically impossible to automatically tell normal <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> data from <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> data without decoding a complete <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> frame. As there are several patent issues with <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> decoders &mkvmerge; will never contain this decoding stage. So for <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev> files this switch is mandatory. The resulting file might not play back correctly or even not at all if the switch was omitted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1414
|
||
msgid "If the source file is a &matroska; file then the <classname>CodecID</classname> should be enough to detect <abbrev>SBR AAC</abbrev>. However, if the <classname>CodecID</classname> is wrong then this switch can be used to correct that."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1419
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1440
|
||
msgid "If mkvmerge wrongfully detects that an <abbrev>AAC</abbrev> file is <abbrev>SBR</abbrev> then you can add '<literal>:0</literal>' to the track ID."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1426
|
||
msgid "<option>--reduce-to-core</option> <parameter>TID</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1429
|
||
msgid "Some audio codecs have a lossy core and optional extensions that implement lossless decoding. This option tells &mkvmerge; to only copy the core but not the extensions. By default &mkvmerge; copies both the core and the extensions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1434
|
||
msgid "Currently only <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> tracks are affected by this option. TrueHD tracks that contain an embedded <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> core are instead presented as two separate tracks for which the user can select which track to copy. For <abbrev>DTS</abbrev> such a scheme would not work as the HD extensions cannot be decoded by themselves – unlike the TrueHD data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1447
|
||
msgid "<option>--timecodes</option> <parameter>TID:file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1450
|
||
msgid "Read the timecodes to be used for the specific track ID from <parameter>file-name</parameter>. These timecodes forcefully override the timecodes that &mkvmerge; normally calculates. Read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.external_timecode_files\">external timecode files</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1458
|
||
msgid "<option>--default-duration</option> <parameter>TID:x</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1461
|
||
msgid "Forces the default duration of a given track to the specified value. Also modifies the track's timecodes to match the default duration. The argument <parameter>x</parameter> must be postfixed with '<literal>s</literal>', '<literal>ms</literal>', '<literal>us</literal>', '<literal>ns</literal>', '<literal>fps</literal>', '<literal>p</literal>' or '<literal>i</literal>' to specify the default duration in seconds, milliseconds, microseconds, nanoseconds, 'frames per second', 'progressive frames per second' or 'interlaced frames per second' respectively. The number <parameter>x</parameter> itself can be a floating point number or a fraction."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1470
|
||
msgid "If the default duration is not forced then mkvmerge will try to derive the track's default duration from the container and/or the encoded bitstream for certain track types, e.g. AVC/h.264 or MPEG-2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1475
|
||
msgid "This option can also be used to change the <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> of video tracks without having to use an external timecode file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1481
|
||
msgid "<option>--fix-bitstream-timing-information</option> <parameter>TID<optional>:0|1</optional></parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1484
|
||
msgid "Normally &mkvmerge; does not change the timing information (frame/field rate) stored in the video bitstream. With this option that information is adjusted to match the container timing information. The container timing information can come from various sources: from the command line (see option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.default_duration\"><option>--default-duration</option></link>), the source container or derived from the bitstream."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1491
|
||
msgid "This has only been implemented for AVC/h.264 video tracks so far."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1497
|
||
msgid "<option>--nalu-size-length</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1500
|
||
msgid "Forces the <abbrev>NALU</abbrev> size length to <parameter>n</parameter> bytes. This parameter is only used if the <foreignphrase>AVC/h.264</foreignphrase> elementary stream packetizer is used. If left out it defaults to 4 bytes, but there are files that contain frames or slices that are all smaller than 65536 bytes. For such files you can use this parameter and decrease the size to 2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1509
|
||
msgid "<option>--compression</option> <parameter>TID:n</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1512
|
||
msgid "Selects the compression method to be used for the track. Note that the player also has to support this method. Valid values are '<literal>none</literal>', '<literal>zlib</literal>', '<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>', '<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' and '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>'. The values '<literal>lzo</literal>'/'<literal>lxo1x</literal>' and '<literal>bz2</literal>'/'<literal>bzlib</literal>' are only available if &mkvmerge; has been compiled with support for the <productname>liblzo</productname> and <productname>bzlib</productname> compression libraries, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1520
|
||
msgid "The compression method '<literal>mpeg4_p2</literal>'/'<literal>mpeg4p2</literal>' is a special compression method called '<foreignphrase>header removal</foreignphrase>' that is only available for <abbrev>MPEG4</abbrev> part 2 video tracks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1524
|
||
msgid "The default for some subtitle tracks is '<literal>zlib</literal>' compression. This compression method is also the one that most if not all playback applications support. Support for other compression methods other than '<literal>none</literal>' is not assured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1533
|
||
msgid "Options that only apply to video tracks"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1537
|
||
msgid "<option>-f</option>, <option>--fourcc</option> <parameter>TID:FourCC</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1540
|
||
msgid "Forces the <classname>FourCC</classname> to the specified value. Works only for video tracks in the '<foreignphrase>MS compatibility mode</foreignphrase>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1547
|
||
msgid "<option>--display-dimensions</option> <parameter>TID:widthxheight</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1550
|
||
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height. These values can be set with this option, e.g. '<literal>1:640x480</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1555
|
||
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> option (see below). These options are mutually exclusive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1564
|
||
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio</option> <parameter>TID:ratio|width/height</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1567
|
||
msgid "&matroska; files contain two values that set the display properties that a player should scale the image on playback to: display width and display height. With this option &mkvmerge; will automatically calculate the display width and display height based on the image's original width and height and the aspect ratio given with this option. The ratio can be given either as a floating point number <parameter>ratio</parameter> or as a fraction '<parameter>width</parameter>/<parameter>height</parameter>', e.g. '<literal>16/9</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1575
|
||
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio_factor\"><option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above and below). These options are mutually exclusive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1584
|
||
msgid "<option>--aspect-ratio-factor</option> <parameter>TID:factor|n/d</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1587
|
||
msgid "Another way to set the aspect ratio is to specify a <parameter>factor</parameter>. The original aspect ratio is first multiplied with this <parameter>factor</parameter> and used as the target aspect ratio afterwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1592
|
||
msgid "Another way to specify the values is to use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.aspect_ratio\"><option>--aspect-ratio</option></link> or <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.display_dimensions\"><option>--display-dimensions</option></link> options (see above). These options are mutually exclusive."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1601
|
||
msgid "<option>--cropping</option> <parameter>TID:left,top,right,bottom</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1604
|
||
msgid "Sets the pixel cropping parameters of a video track to the given values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1610
|
||
msgid "<option>--stereo-mode</option> <parameter>TID:n|keyword</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1613
|
||
msgid "Sets the stereo mode for the video track with the track ID <parameter>TID</parameter>. The mode can either be a number <parameter>n</parameter> between <constant>0</constant> and <constant>14</constant> or one of these keywords:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1618
|
||
msgid "'<literal>mono</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_left_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_right_first</literal>', '<literal>top_bottom_left_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_right_first</literal>', '<literal>checkerboard_left_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>row_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_right_first</literal>', '<literal>column_interleaved_left_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_cyan_red</literal>', '<literal>side_by_side_right_first</literal>', '<literal>anaglyph_green_magenta</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_left_first</literal>', '<literal>both_eyes_laced_right_first</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1632
|
||
msgid "Options that only apply to text subtitle tracks"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1636
|
||
msgid "<option>--sub-charset</option> <parameter>TID:character-set</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1639
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set for the conversion to UTF-8 for UTF-8 subtitles for the given track ID. If not specified the charset will be derived from the current locale settings. Note that a charset is not needed for subtitles read from &matroska; files or from Kate streams, as these are always stored in UTF-8. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1654
|
||
msgid "Other options"
|
||
msgstr "기타 옵션"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1658
|
||
msgid "<option>-i</option>, <option>--identify</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1661
|
||
msgid "Will let &mkvmerge; probe the single file and report its type, the tracks contained in the file and their track IDs. If this option is used then the only other option allowed is the filename."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1665
|
||
msgid "The output format used for the result can be changed with the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identification_format\">--identification-format</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1670
|
||
msgid "<option>-I</option>, <option>--identify-verbose</option> <parameter>file-name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1673
|
||
msgid "This option is deprecated. Use <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identification_format\"><literal>--identification-format verbose-text --identify …</literal></link> instead."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1679
|
||
msgid "<option>-F</option>, <option>--identification-format</option> <parameter>format</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1682
|
||
msgid "Determines the output format used by the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><literal>--identify</literal> option</link>. The following formats are supported: <literal>text</literal> (the default if this option isn't used), <literal>verbose-text</literal> and <literal>json</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1689
|
||
msgid "The <literal>text</literal> format is short and human-readable. It consists of one line per item found (container, tracks, attachments etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1691
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1707
|
||
msgid "This format is not meant to be parsed. The output will be translated into the language &mkvmerge; uses (see also <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\">--ui-language</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1697
|
||
msgid "The <literal>verbose-text</literal> format extends the <literal>text</literal> format with additional properties for each item. The extra information is surronded by square brackets. It consists of space-saparated key/value pairs where keys and values are separated by a colon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1703
|
||
msgid "Each value is escaped according to the rules described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1713
|
||
msgid "The <literal>json</literal> format outputs a machine-readable JSON representation. This format follows the JSON schema described in the file <ulink url=\"https://mkvtoolnix.download/doc/mkvmerge-identification-output-schema.json\"><literal>mkvmerge-identification-output-schema.json</literal></ulink>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1723
|
||
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-types</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1726
|
||
msgid "Lists supported input file types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1732
|
||
msgid "<option>--list-languages</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1735
|
||
msgid "Lists all languages and their ISO639-2 code which can be used with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1742
|
||
msgid "<option>--priority</option> <parameter>priority</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1745
|
||
msgid "Sets the process priority that &mkvmerge; runs with. Valid values are '<literal>lowest</literal>', '<literal>lower</literal>', '<literal>normal</literal>', '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. If nothing is given then '<literal>normal</literal>' is used. On Unix like systems &mkvmerge; will use the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>nice</refentrytitle><manvolnum>2</manvolnum></citerefentry> function. Therefore only the super user can use '<literal>higher</literal>' and '<literal>highest</literal>'. On Windows all values are useable for every user."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1752
|
||
msgid "Selecting '<literal>lowest</literal>' also causes &mkvmerge; to select idle I/O priority in addition to the lowest possible process priority."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1761
|
||
msgid "Sets the character set to convert strings given on the command line from. It defaults to the character set given by system's current locale. This settings applies to arguments of the following options: <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\"><option>--title</option></link>, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.track_name\"><option>--track-name</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachment_description\"><option>--attachment-description</option></link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1784
|
||
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console. While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file. The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1795
|
||
msgid "Forces the translations for the language <parameter>code</parameter> to be used (e.g. '<literal>de_DE</literal>' for the German translations). It is preferable to use the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_MESSAGES</varname> and <varname>LC_ALL</varname> though. Entering '<literal>list</literal>' as the <parameter>code</parameter> will cause &mkvmerge; to output a list of available translations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1816
|
||
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvmerge --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1838
|
||
msgid "Reads additional command line arguments from the file <parameter>options-file</parameter>. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.option_files\">option files</link> for further information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1845
|
||
msgid "<option>--capabilities</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1848
|
||
msgid "Lists information about optional features that have been compiled in and exit. The first line output will be the version information. All following lines contain exactly one word whose presence indicates that the feature has been compiled in. These features are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1856
|
||
msgid "'<literal>BZ2</literal>' -- the <productname>bzlib</productname> compression library. Affects the available compression methods for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1863
|
||
msgid "'<literal>LZO</literal>' -- the <productname>lzo</productname> compression library. Affects the available compression methods for the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.compression\"><option>--compression</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1870
|
||
msgid "'<literal>FLAC</literal>' -- reading raw <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> files and handling <abbrev>FLAC</abbrev> tracks in other containers, e.g. <productname>Ogg</productname> or &matroska;."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1922
|
||
msgid "Usage"
|
||
msgstr "사용법"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1924
|
||
msgid "For each file the user can select which tracks &mkvmerge; should take. They are all put into the file specified with <option>-o</option>. A list of known (and supported) source formats can be obtained with the <option>-l</option> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1937
|
||
msgid "Option order"
|
||
msgstr "옵션 순서"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1940
|
||
msgid "The order in which options are entered is important for some options. Options fall into two categories:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1946
|
||
msgid "Options that affect the whole program and are not tied to any input file. These include but are not limited to <option>--command-line-charset</option>, <option>--output</option> or <option>--title</option>. These can appear anywhere on the command line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1954
|
||
msgid "Options that affect a single input file or a single track in an input file. These options all apply to the following input file on the command line. All options applying to the same input (or to tracks from the same input file) file can be written in any order as long as they all appear before that input file's name. Examples for options applying to an input file are <option>--no-chapters</option> or <option>--chapter-charset</option>. Examples for options applying to a single track are <option>--default-duration</option> or <option>--language</option>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1964
|
||
msgid "The options are processed from left to right. If an option appears multiple times within the same scope then the last occurence will be used. Therefore the title will be set to "Something else" in the following example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1968
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --title 'This and that' input.avi --title 'Something else'"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1971
|
||
msgid "The following example shows that using the <option>--language</option> option twice is OK because they're used in different scopes. Even though they apply to the same track ID they apply to different input files and therefore have different scopes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1975
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv --language 0:fre français.ogg --language 0:deu deutsch.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1979
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:657
|
||
msgid "Examples"
|
||
msgstr "예"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1981
|
||
msgid "Let's assume you have a file called MyMovie.avi and the audio track in a separate file, e.g. '<literal>MyMovie.wav</literal>'. First you want to encode the audio to &oggvorbis;:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1985
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie.ogg MyMovie.wav"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1988
|
||
msgid "After a couple of minutes you can join video and audio:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1991
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1994
|
||
msgid "If your <abbrev>AVI</abbrev> already contains an audio track then it will be copied as well (if &mkvmerge; supports the audio format). To avoid that simply do"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:1998
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MyMovie-with-sound.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2001
|
||
msgid "After some minutes of consideration you rip another audio track, e.g. the director's comments or another language to '<literal>MyMovie-add-audio.wav</literal>'. Encode it again and join it up with the other file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2005
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ oggenc -q4 -oMyMovie-add-audio.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.wav\n"
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv MyMovie-with-sound.mkv MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2009
|
||
msgid "The same result can be achieved with"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2012
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o MM-complete.mkv -A MyMovie.avi MyMovie.ogg MyMovie-add-audio.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2015
|
||
msgid "Now fire up <productname>mplayer</productname> and enjoy. If you have multiple audio tracks (or even video tracks) then you can tell <productname>mplayer</productname> which track to play with the '<option>-vid</option>' and '<option>-aid</option>' options. These are 0-based and do not distinguish between video and audio."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2021
|
||
msgid "If you need an audio track synchronized you can do that easily. First find out which track ID the Vorbis track has with"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2024
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge --identify outofsync.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2027
|
||
msgid "Now you can use that ID in the following command line:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2030
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -A source.avi -y 12345:200 outofsync.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2033
|
||
msgid "This would add 200ms of silence at the beginning of the audio track with the ID <constant>12345</constant> taken from '<literal>outofsync.ogg</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2038
|
||
msgid "Some movies start synced correctly but slowly drift out of sync. For these kind of movies you can specify a delay factor that is applied to all timestamps -- no data is added or removed. So if you make that factor too big or too small you'll get bad results. An example is that an episode I transcoded was <constant>0.2</constant> seconds out of sync at the end of the movie which was <constant>77340</constant> frames long. At <constant>29.97fps</constant> <constant>0.2</constant> seconds correspond to approx. <constant>6</constant> frames. So I did"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2045
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o goodsync.mkv -y 23456:0,77346/77340 outofsync.mkv"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2048
|
||
msgid "The result was fine."
|
||
msgstr "좋은 결과였습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2052
|
||
msgid "The sync options can also be used for subtitles in the same manner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2056
|
||
msgid "For text subtitles you can either use some Windows software (like <productname>SubRipper</productname>) or the <productname>subrip</productname> package found in <citerefentry><refentrytitle>transcode</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>'s sources in the '<literal>contrib/subrip</literal>' directory. The general process is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2064
|
||
msgid "extract a raw subtitle stream from the source:"
|
||
msgstr "소스에서 원시 자막 스트림을 추출합니다:"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2065
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ tccat -i /path/to/copied/dvd/ -T 1 -L | tcextract -x ps1 -t vob -a 0x20 | subtitle2pgm -o mymovie"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2069
|
||
msgid "convert the resulting PGM images to text with gocr:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2070
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ pgm2txt mymovie"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2074
|
||
msgid "spell-check the resulting text files:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2075
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ ispell -d american *txt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2079
|
||
msgid "convert the text files to a SRT file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2080
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ srttool -s -w -i mymovie.srtx -o mymovie.srt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2085
|
||
msgid "The resulting file can be used as another input file for &mkvmerge;:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2088
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o mymovie.mkv mymovie.avi mymovie.srt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2091
|
||
msgid "If you want to specify the language for a given track then this is easily done. First find out the ISO639-2 code for your language. &mkvmerge; can list all of those codes for you:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2095
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge --list-languages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2098
|
||
msgid "Search the list for the languages you need. Let's assume you have put two audio tracks into a &matroska; file and want to set their language codes and that their track IDs are 2 and 3. This can be done with"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2102
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut without-lang-codes.mkv"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2105
|
||
msgid "As you can see you can use the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.language\"><option>--language</option></link> switch multiple times."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2109
|
||
msgid "Maybe you'd also like to have the player use the Dutch language as the default language. You also have extra subtitles, e.g. in English and French, and want to have the player display the French ones by default. This can be done with"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2113
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o with-lang-codes.mkv --language 2:ger --language 3:dut --default-track 3 without-lang-codes.mkv --language 0:eng english.srt --default-track 0 --language 0:fre french.srt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2116
|
||
msgid "If you do not see the language or default track flags that you've specified in &mkvinfo;'s output then please read the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.default_values\">default values</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2121
|
||
msgid "Turn off the compression for an input file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2124
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o no-compression.mkv --compression -1:none MyMovie.avi --compression -1:none mymovie.srt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2129
|
||
msgid "Track IDs"
|
||
msgstr "트랙 ID"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2132
|
||
msgid "Some of the options for &mkvmerge; need a track ID to specify which track they should be applied to. Those track IDs are printed by the readers when demuxing the current input file, or if &mkvmerge; is called with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.identify\"><option>--identify</option></link> option. An example for such output:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2137
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -i v.mkv\n"
|
||
"File 'v.mkv': container: &matroska;\n"
|
||
"Track ID 0: video (V_MS/VFW/FOURCC, DIV3)\n"
|
||
"Track ID 1: audio (A_MPEG/L3)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2143
|
||
msgid "Do not confuse the track IDs that are assigned to the tracks that are placed in the output MKV file with the track IDs of the input files. Only the input file track IDs are used for options needing these values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2148
|
||
msgid "Also note that each input file has its own set of track IDs. Therefore the track IDs for file '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' as reported by '<literal>mkvmerge --identify</literal>' do not change no matter how many other input files are there or in which position '<filename>file1.ext</filename>' is used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2154
|
||
msgid "Track IDs are assigned like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2160
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>AVI</abbrev> files: The video track has the ID 0. The audio tracks get IDs in ascending order starting at 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2166
|
||
msgid "<abbrev>AAC</abbrev>, <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev>, <abbrev>MP3</abbrev>, <abbrev>SRT</abbrev> and <abbrev>WAV</abbrev> files: The one 'track' in that file gets the ID 0."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2173
|
||
msgid "Most other files: The track IDs are assigned in order the tracks are found in the file starting at 0."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2179
|
||
msgid "The special track ID '<constant>-1</constant>' is a wild card and applies the given switch to all tracks that are read from an input file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2184
|
||
msgid "The options that use the track IDs are the ones whose description contains '<literal>TID</literal>'. The following options use track IDs as well: <option>--audio-tracks</option>, <option>--video-tracks</option>, <option>--subtitle-tracks</option>, <option>--button-tracks</option> and <option>--track-tags</option>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><note><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2194
|
||
msgid "This section applies to all programs in MKVToolNix even if it only mentions &mkvmerge;."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2199
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2648
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "소개"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2201
|
||
msgid "All text in a &matroska; file is encoded in UTF-8. This means that &mkvmerge; has to convert every text file it reads as well as every text given on the command line from one character set into UTF-8. In return this also means that &mkvmerge;'s output has to be converted back to that character set from UTF-8, e.g. if a non-English translation is used with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.ui_language\"><option>--ui-language</option></link> or for text originating from a &matroska; file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2208
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; does this conversion automatically based on the presence of a <foreignphrase>byte order marker</foreignphrase> (short: <abbrev>BOM</abbrev>) or the system's current locale. How the character set is inferred from the locale depends on the operating system that &mkvmerge; is run on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2215
|
||
msgid "Byte order markers (BOM)"
|
||
msgstr "바이트 순서 표시 (BOM)"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2218
|
||
msgid "Text files that start with a BOM are already encoded in one representation of UTF. &mkvmerge; supports the following five modes: UTF-8, UTF-16 Little and Big Endian, UTF-32 Little and Big Endian. Text files with a BOM are automatically converted to UTF-8. Any of the parameters that would otherwise set the character set for such a file (e.g. <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link>) is silently ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2226
|
||
msgid "Linux and Unix-like systems including Mac OS"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2229
|
||
msgid "On Unix-like systems &mkvmerge; uses the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>setlocale</refentrytitle><manvolnum>3</manvolnum></citerefentry> system call which in turn uses the environment variables <varname>LANG</varname>, <varname>LC_ALL</varname> and <varname>LC_CYPE</varname>. The resulting character set is often one of UTF-8 or the ISO-8859-* family and is used for all text file operations and for encoding strings on the command line and for output to the console."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2237
|
||
msgid "Windows"
|
||
msgstr "윈도우"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2240
|
||
msgid "On Windows the default character set used for converting text files is determined by a call to the <function>GetACP()</function> system call."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2245
|
||
msgid "Reading the command line is done with the <function>GetCommandLineW()</function> function which already returns a Unicode string. Therefore the option <option>--command-line-charset</option> is ignored on Windows."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2250
|
||
msgid "Output to the console consists of three scenarios:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2256
|
||
msgid "If the output is redirected with the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> then the default charset is UTF-8. This can be changed with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2262
|
||
msgid "If the output is redirected with <command>cmd.exe</command> itself, e.g. with <literal>mkvinfo file.mkv > info.txt</literal>, then the charset is always UTF-8 and cannot be changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2267
|
||
msgid "Otherwise (when writing directly to the console) the Windows function <function>WriteConsoleW()</function> is used and the option <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is ignored. The console should be able to output all Unicode characters for which the corresponding language support is installed (e.g. Chinese characters might not be displayed on English Windows versions)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2277
|
||
msgid "Command line options"
|
||
msgstr "명령행 옵션"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2280
|
||
msgid "The following options exist that allow specifying the character sets:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2286
|
||
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.sub_charset\"><option>--sub-charset</option></link> for text subtitle files and for text subtitle tracks stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files),"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2293
|
||
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.chapter_charset\"><option>--chapter-charset</option></link> for chapter text files and for chapters and file titles stored in container formats for which the character set cannot be determined unambiguously (e.g. Ogg files for chapter information, track and file titles etc; MP4 files for chapter information),"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2301
|
||
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.command_line_charset\"><option>--command-line-charset</option></link> for all strings on the command line,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2308
|
||
msgid "<link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> for all strings written to the console or to a file if the output has been redirected with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> option. On non-Windows systems the default for the output charset is the system's current charset. On Windows it defaults to UTF-8 both for redirecting with <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.redirect_output\"><option>--redirect-output</option></link> and with <command>cmd.exe</command> itself, e.g. <literal>mkvinfo file.mkv > info.txt</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2321
|
||
msgid "Option files"
|
||
msgstr "옵션 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2324
|
||
msgid "An option file is a file &mkvmerge; can read additional command line arguments from. This can be used in order to circumvent certain limitations of the shell or the operating system when executing external programs like a limited command line length."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2329
|
||
msgid "There are several rules regarding option files. Lines whose first non-whitespace character is a hash mark ('<literal>#</literal>') are treated as comments and ignored. White spaces at the start and end of a line will be stripped. Each line must contain exactly one option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2335
|
||
msgid "A line not containing anything is also ignored. An empty argument is represented by the line '<literal>#EMPTY#</literal>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2339
|
||
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2344
|
||
msgid "Note that backslashes must always be escaped. Hash marks ('#') must be escaped if they should not start a comment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2348
|
||
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvmerge -o \"my file.mkv\" -A \"a movie.avi\" sound.ogg</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><programlisting>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2352
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# Write to the file \"c:\\Matroska\\my file.mkv\" on Windows.\n"
|
||
"-o\n"
|
||
"c:\\\\Matroska\\\\my file.mkv\n"
|
||
"# Set the title to '#65'.\n"
|
||
"--title\n"
|
||
"\\h65\n"
|
||
"# Only take the video from \"a movie.avi\".\n"
|
||
"-A\n"
|
||
"a movie.avi\n"
|
||
"sound.ogg"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2373
|
||
msgid "The rules are: ' ' (a space) becomes '\\s', '"' (double quotes) becomes '\\2', ':' becomes '\\c', '#' becomes '\\h', '[' becomes '\\b', ']' becomes '\\B' and '\\' (a single backslash) itself becomes '\\\\'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2378
|
||
msgid "Subtitles"
|
||
msgstr "자막"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2380
|
||
msgid "There are several text and bitmap subtitle formats that can be embedded into &matroska;. Text subtitles must be recoded to UTF-8 so that they can be displayed correctly by a player (see the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets). Kate subtitles are already encoded in UTF-8 and do not have to be re-encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2387
|
||
msgid "The following subtitle formats are supported at the moment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2393
|
||
msgid "Subtitle Ripper (SRT) files"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2399
|
||
msgid "Substation Alpha (SSA) / Advanced Substation Alpha scripts (ASS)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2405
|
||
msgid "Universal Subtitle Format (USF) files"
|
||
msgstr "유니버셜 자막 형식 (USF) 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2411
|
||
msgid "OggKate streams"
|
||
msgstr "OggKate 스트림"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2417
|
||
msgid "VobSub bitmap subtitle files"
|
||
msgstr "VobSub 비트맵 자막 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2423
|
||
msgid "PGS bitmap subtitle files as found on BluRay discs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2430
|
||
msgid "File linking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2432
|
||
msgid "&matroska; supports file linking which simply says that a specific file is the predecessor or successor of the current file. To be precise, it's not really the files that are linked but the &matroska; segments. As most files will probably only contain one &matroska; segment the following explanations use the term 'file linking' although 'segment linking' would be more appropriate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2438
|
||
msgid "Each segment is identified by a unique 128 bit wide segment UID. This UID is automatically generated by &mkvmerge;. The linking is done primarily via putting the segment UIDs (short: <abbrev>SID</abbrev>) of the previous/next file into the segment header information. &mkvinfo; prints these <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev> if it finds them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2444
|
||
msgid "If a file is split into several smaller ones and linking is used then the timecodes will not start at 0 again but will continue where the last file has left off. This way the absolute time is kept even if the previous files are not available (e.g. when streaming). If no linking is used then the timecodes should start at 0 for each file. By default &mkvmerge; does not use file linking. If you want that you can turn it on with the <option>--link</option> option. This option is only useful if splitting is activated as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2451
|
||
msgid "Regardless of whether splitting is active or not the user can tell &mkvmerge; to link the produced files to specific <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>. This is achieved with the options <option>--link-to-previous</option> and <option>--link-to-next</option>. These options accept a segment <abbrev>SID</abbrev> in the format that &mkvinfo; outputs: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> prefixed with '<literal>0x</literal>' each, e.g. '<code>0x41 0xda 0x73 0x66 0xd9 0xcf 0xb2 0x1e 0xae 0x78 0xeb 0xb4 0x5e 0xca 0xb3 0x93</code>'. Alternatively a shorter form can be used: 16 hexadecimal numbers between <constant>0x00</constant> and <constant>0xff</constant> without the '<literal>0x</literal>' prefixes and without the spaces, e.g. '<code>41da7366d9cfb21eae78ebb45ecab393</code>'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2461
|
||
msgid "If splitting is used then the first file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-previous</option> and the last file is linked to the <abbrev>SID</abbrev> given with <option>--link-to-next</option>. If splitting is not used then the one output file will be linked to both of the two <abbrev>SIDs</abbrev>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2468
|
||
msgid "Default values"
|
||
msgstr "기본값"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2470
|
||
msgid "The &matroska; specification states that some elements have a default value. Usually an element is not written to the file if its value is equal to its default value in order to save space. The elements that the user might miss in &mkvinfo;'s output are the <parameter>language</parameter> and the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> elements. The default value for the <parameter>language</parameter> is English ('<literal>eng</literal>'), and the default value for the <parameter>default track flag</parameter> is <parameter>true</parameter>. Therefore if you used <option>--language 0:eng</option> for a track then it will not show up in &mkvinfo;'s output."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2482
|
||
msgid "Maybe you also want to keep some photos along with your &matroska; file, or you're using <abbrev>SSA</abbrev> subtitles and need a special <productname>TrueType</productname> font that's really rare. In these cases you can attach those files to the &matroska; file. They will not be just appended to the file but embedded in it. A player can then show those files (the 'photos' case) or use them to render the subtitles (the '<productname>TrueType</productname> fonts' case)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2489
|
||
msgid "Here's an example how to attach a photo and a <productname>TrueType</productname> font to the output file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2492
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"$ mkvmerge -o output.mkv -A video.avi sound.ogg \\\n"
|
||
" --attachment-description \"Me and the band behind the stage in a small get-together\" \\\n"
|
||
" --attachment-mime-type image/jpeg \\\n"
|
||
" --attach-file me_and_the_band.jpg \\\n"
|
||
" --attachment-description \"The real rare and unbelievably good looking font\" \\\n"
|
||
" --attachment-mime-type application/octet-stream \\\n"
|
||
" --attach-file really_cool_font.ttf"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2501
|
||
msgid "If a &matroska; containing attachments file is used as an input file then &mkvmerge; will copy the attachments into the new file. The selection which attachments are copied and which are not can be changed with the options <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.attachments\"><option>--attachments</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_attachments\"><option>--no-attachments</option></link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2511
|
||
msgid "The &matroska; chapter system is more powerful than the old known system used by <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> files. The full specifications can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.matroska.org/\">the &matroska; website</ulink>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2516
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports two kinds of chapter files as its input. The first format, called '<foreignphrase>simple chapter format</foreignphrase>', is the same format that the <abbrev>OGM</abbrev> tools expect. The second format is a &xml; based chapter format which supports all of &matroska;'s chapter functionality."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2522
|
||
msgid "The simple chapter format"
|
||
msgstr "간단한 챕터 형식"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2525
|
||
msgid "This formmat consists of pairs of lines that start with '<literal>CHAPTERxx=</literal>' and '<literal>CHAPTERxxNAME=</literal>' respectively. The first one contains the start timecode while the second one contains the title. Here's an example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2529
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"CHAPTER01=00:00:00.000\n"
|
||
"CHAPTER01NAME=Intro\n"
|
||
"CHAPTER02=00:02:30.000\n"
|
||
"CHAPTER02NAME=Baby prepares to rock\n"
|
||
"CHAPTER03=00:02:42.300\n"
|
||
"CHAPTER03NAME=Baby rocks the house"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2537
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; will transform every pair or lines into one &matroska; <classname>ChapterAtom</classname>. It does not set any <classname>ChapterTrackNumber</classname> which means that the chapters all apply to all tracks in the file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2542
|
||
msgid "As this is a text file character set conversion may need to be done. See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.text_files_and_charsets\"> text files and character sets</link> for an explanation how &mkvmerge; converts between character sets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2549
|
||
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2551
|
||
msgid "The &xml; based chapter format looks like this example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2554
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>\n"
|
||
"<!DOCTYPE Chapters SYSTEM "matroskachapters.dtd">\n"
|
||
"<Chapters>\n"
|
||
" <EditionEntry>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterAtom>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterTimeStart>00:00:30.000</ChapterTimeStart>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterTimeEnd>00:01:20.000</ChapterTimeEnd>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterDisplay>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterString>A short chapter</ChapterString>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterLanguage>eng</ChapterLanguage>\n"
|
||
" </ChapterDisplay>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterAtom>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterTimeStart>00:00:46.000</ChapterTimeStart>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterTimeEnd>00:01:10.000</ChapterTimeEnd>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterDisplay>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterString>A part of that short chapter</ChapterString>\n"
|
||
" <ChapterLanguage>eng</ChapterLanguage>\n"
|
||
" </ChapterDisplay>\n"
|
||
" </ChapterAtom>\n"
|
||
" </ChapterAtom>\n"
|
||
" </EditionEntry>\n"
|
||
"</Chapters>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2578
|
||
msgid "With this format three things are possible that are not possible with the simple chapter format:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2582
|
||
msgid "The timestamp for the end of the chapter can be set,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2583
|
||
msgid "chapters can be nested,"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2584
|
||
msgid "the language and country can be set."
|
||
msgstr "언어와 국가는 설정할 수 있습니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2588
|
||
msgid "The mkvtoolnix distribution contains some sample files in the <filename>doc</filename> subdirectory which can be used as a basis."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2592
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2749
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2792
|
||
msgid "The following lists the supported XML tags, their data types and, where appropriate, the valid range for their values:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2595
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Chapters (master)\n"
|
||
" EditionEntry (master)\n"
|
||
" EditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 <= value)\n"
|
||
" EditionFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 <= value <= 1)\n"
|
||
" EditionFlagDefault (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 <= value <= 1)\n"
|
||
" EditionFlagOrdered (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 <= value <= 1)\n"
|
||
" ChapterAtom (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterAtom (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 <= value)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTimeStart (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTimeEnd (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterFlagHidden (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 <= value <= 1)\n"
|
||
" ChapterFlagEnabled (unsigned integer, valid range: 0 <= value <= 1)\n"
|
||
" ChapterSegmentUID (binary, valid range: 1 <= length in bytes)\n"
|
||
" ChapterSegmentEditionUID (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 <= value)\n"
|
||
" ChapterPhysicalEquiv (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTrack (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTrackNumber (unsigned integer, valid range: 1 <= value)\n"
|
||
" ChapterDisplay (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterString (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" ChapterLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" ChapterCountry (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcess (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcessCodecID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcessPrivate (binary)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcessCommand (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcessTime (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterProcessData (binary)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2626
|
||
msgid "General notes"
|
||
msgstr "일반적인 주의사항"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2628
|
||
msgid "When splitting files &mkvmerge; will correctly adjust the chapters as well. This means that each file only includes the chapter entries that apply to it, and that the timecodes will be offset to match the new timecodes of each output file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2633
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; is able to copy chapters from &matroska; source files unless this is explicitly disabled with the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.no_chapters\"><option>--no-chapters</option></link> option. The chapters from all sources (&matroska; files, Ogg files, <abbrev>MP4</abbrev> files, chapter text files) are usually not merged but end up in separate <classname>ChapterEditions</classname>. Only if chapters are read from several &matroska; or &xml; files that share the same edition UIDs will chapters be merged into a single <classname>ChapterEdition</classname>. If such a merge is desired in other situations as well then the user has to extract the chapters from all sources with &mkvextract; first, merge the &xml; files manually and mux them afterwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2651
|
||
msgid "&matroska; supports an extensive set of tags that is deprecated and a new, simpler system like it is is used in most other containers: <parameter>KEY=VALUE</parameter>. However, in &matroska; these tags can also be nested, and both the <parameter>KEY</parameter> and the <parameter>VALUE</parameter> are elements of their own. The example file <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> shows how to use this new system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2659
|
||
msgid "Scope of the tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2662
|
||
msgid "&matroska; tags do not automatically apply to the complete file. They can, but they also may apply to different parts of the file: to one or more tracks, to one or more chapters, or even to a combination of both. The <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">the &matroska; specification</ulink> gives more details about this fact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2668
|
||
msgid "One important fact is that tags are linked to tracks or chapters with the <classname>Targets</classname> &matroska; tag element, and that the UIDs used for this linking are <emphasis>not</emphasis> the track IDs &mkvmerge; uses everywhere. Instead the numbers used are the UIDs which &mkvmerge; calculates automatically (if the track is taken from a file format other than &matroska;) or which are copied from the source file if the track's source file is a &matroska; file. Therefore it is difficult to know which UIDs to use in the tag file before the file is handed over to &mkvmerge;."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2676
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; knows two options with which you can add tags to &matroska; files: The <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link> and the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> options. The difference is that the former option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.global_tags\"><option>--global-tags</option></link>, will make the tags apply to the complete file by removing any of those <classname>Targets</classname> elements mentioned above. The latter option, <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link>, automatically inserts the UID that &mkvmerge; generates for the tag specified with the <parameter>TID</parameter> part of the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.tags\"><option>--tags</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2688
|
||
msgid "Example"
|
||
msgstr "예"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2690
|
||
msgid "Let's say that you want to add tags to a video track read from an <abbrev>AVI</abbrev>. <command>mkvmerge --identify file.avi</command> tells you that the video track's ID (do not mix this ID with the UID!) is 0. So you create your tag file, leave out all <classname>Targets</classname> elements and call &mkvmerge;:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2695
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge -o file.mkv --tags 0:tags.xml file.avi"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2699
|
||
msgid "Tag file format"
|
||
msgstr "태그 파일 형식"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2701
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; supports a &xml; based tag file format. The format is very closely modeled after <ulink url=\"http://matroska.org/technical/specs/index.html\">the &matroska; specification</ulink>. Both the binary and the source distributions of MKVToolNix come with a sample file called <filename>example-tags-2.xml</filename> which simply lists all known tags and which can be used as a basis for real life tag files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2708
|
||
msgid "The basics are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2712
|
||
msgid "The outermost element must be <classname><Tags></classname>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2714
|
||
msgid "One logical tag is contained inside one pair of <classname><Tag></classname> &xml; tags."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2716
|
||
msgid "White spaces directly before and after tag contents are ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2721
|
||
msgid "Data types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2723
|
||
msgid "The new &matroska; tagging system only knows two data types, a UTF-8 string and a binary type. The first is used for the tag's name and the <classname><String></classname> element while the binary type is used for the <classname><Binary></classname> element."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2728
|
||
msgid "As binary data itself would not fit into a &xml; file &mkvmerge; supports two other methods of storing binary data. If the contents of a &xml; tag starts with '<literal>@</literal>' then the following text is treated as a file name. The corresponding file's content is copied into the &matroska; element."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2734
|
||
msgid "Otherwise the data is expected to be <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> encoded. This is an encoding that transforms binary data into a limited set of <abbrev>ASCII</abbrev> characters and is used e.g. in email programs. &mkvextract; will output <foreignphrase>Base64</foreignphrase> encoded data for binary elements."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2740
|
||
msgid "The deprecated tagging system knows some more data types which can be found in the official &matroska; tag specs. As &mkvmerge; does not support this system anymore these types aren't described here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2746
|
||
msgid "Known tags for the XML file format"
|
||
msgstr "XML 파일 형식의 알려진 태그"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2752
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Tags (master)\n"
|
||
" Tag (master)\n"
|
||
" Targets (master)\n"
|
||
" TargetTypeValue (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" TargetType (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" TrackUID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" EditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterUID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" AttachmentUID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" Simple (master)\n"
|
||
" Simple (master)\n"
|
||
" Name (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" TagLanguage (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" DefaultLanguage (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" String (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" Binary (binary)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2772
|
||
msgid "The segment info XML files"
|
||
msgstr "세그먼트 정보 XML 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2775
|
||
msgid "With a segment info XML file it is possible to set certain values in the "segment information" header field of a &matroska; file. All of these values cannot be set via other command line options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2780
|
||
msgid "Other "segment information" header fields can be set via command line options but not via the XML file. This includes e.g. the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.title\">--title</link></option> and the <option><link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.timecode_scale\">--timecode-scale</link></option> options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2786
|
||
msgid "There are other elements that can be set neither via command line options nor via the XML files. These include the following elements: <varname>DateUTC</varname> (also known as the "muxing date"), <varname>MuxingApp</varname>, <varname>WritingApp</varname> and <varname>Duration</varname>. They're always set by &mkvmerge; itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2795
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Info (master)\n"
|
||
" SegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
|
||
" SegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" PreviousSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
|
||
" PreviousSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" NextSegmentUID (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
|
||
" NextSegmentFilename (UTF-8 string)\n"
|
||
" SegmentFamily (binary, valid range: length in bytes == 16)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTranslate (master)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTranslateEditionUID (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTranslateCodec (unsigned integer)\n"
|
||
" ChapterTranslateID (binary)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2810
|
||
msgid "&matroska; file layout"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2812
|
||
msgid "The &matroska; file layout is quite flexible. &mkvmerge; will render a file in a predefined way. The resulting file looks like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2816
|
||
msgid "[EBML head] [segment {meta seek #1} [segment information] [track information] {attachments} {chapters} [cluster 1] {cluster 2} ... {cluster n} {cues} {meta seek #2} {tags}]"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2821
|
||
msgid "The elements in curly braces are optional and depend on the contents and options used. A couple of notes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2827
|
||
msgid "meta seek #1 includes only a small number of level 1 elements, and only if they actually exist: attachments, chapters, cues, tags, meta seek #2. Older versions of &mkvmerge; used to put the clusters into this meta seek element as well. Therefore some imprecise guessing was necessary to reserve enough space. It often failed. Now only the clusters are stored in meta seek #2, and meta seek #1 refers to the meta seek element #2."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2835
|
||
msgid "Attachment, chapter and tag elements are only present if they were added."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2840
|
||
msgid "The shortest possible &matroska; file would look like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2844
|
||
msgid "[EBML head] [segment [segment information] [track information] [cluster 1]]"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2848
|
||
msgid "This might be the case for audio-only files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2853
|
||
msgid "External timecode files"
|
||
msgstr "외부 타임코드 파일"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2855
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; allows the user to chose the timecodes for a specific track himself. This can be used in order to create files with variable frame rate video or include gaps in audio. A frame in this case is the unit that &mkvmerge; creates separately per &matroska; block. For video this is exactly one frame, for audio this is one packet of the specific audio type. E.g. for <abbrev>AC-3</abbrev> this would be a packet containing <constant>1536</constant> samples."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2862
|
||
msgid "Timecode files that are used when tracks are appended to each other must only be specified for the first part in a chain of tracks. For example if you append two files, v1.avi and v2.avi, and want to use timecodes then your command line must look something like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2866
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvmerge ... --timecodes 0:my_timecodes.txt v1.avi +v2.avi"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2869
|
||
msgid "There are four formats that are recognized by &mkvmerge;. The first line always contains the version number. Empty lines, lines containing only whitespace and lines beginning with '<literal>#</literal>' are ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2874
|
||
msgid "Timecode file format v1"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드 파일 형식 v1"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2876
|
||
msgid "This format starts with the version line. The second line declares the default number of frames per second. All following lines contain three numbers separated by commas: the start frame (<constant>0</constant> is the first frame), the end frame and the number of frames in this range. The <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is a floating point number with the dot '<literal>.</literal>' as the decimal point. The ranges can contain gaps for which the default <abbrev>FPS</abbrev> is used. An example:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2882
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# timecode format v1\n"
|
||
"assume 27.930\n"
|
||
"800,1000,25\n"
|
||
"1500,1700,30"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2889
|
||
msgid "Timecode file format v2"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드 파일 형식 v2"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2892
|
||
msgid "In this format each line contains a timecode for the corresponding frame. This timecode must be given in millisecond precision. It can be a floating point number, but it doesn't have to be. You <emphasis>have to</emphasis> give at least as many timecode lines as there are frames in the track. The timecodes in this file must be sorted. Example for 25fps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2897
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# timecode format v2\n"
|
||
"0\n"
|
||
"40\n"
|
||
"80"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2904
|
||
msgid "Timecode file format v3"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드 파일 형식 v3"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2906
|
||
msgid "In this format each line contains a duration in seconds followed by an optional number of frames per second. Both can be floating point numbers. If the number of frames per second is not present the default one is used. For audio you should let the codec calculate the frame timecodes itself. For that you should be using <constant>0.0</constant> as the number of frames per second. You can also create gaps in the stream by using the '<literal>gap</literal>' keyword followed by the duration of the gap. Example for an audio file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2912
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# timecode format v3\n"
|
||
"assume 0.0\n"
|
||
"25.325\n"
|
||
"7.530,38.236\n"
|
||
"gap, 10.050\n"
|
||
"2.000,38.236"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2921
|
||
msgid "Timecode file format v4"
|
||
msgstr "타임코드 파일 형식 v4"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2923
|
||
msgid "This format is identical to the v2 format. The only difference is that the timecodes do not have to be sorted. This format should almost never be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2933
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; exits with one of three exit codes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2939
|
||
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that muxing has completed successfully."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2945
|
||
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvmerge; has output at least one warning, but muxing did continue. A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'. Depending on the issues involved the resulting file might be ok or not. The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2953
|
||
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred. &mkvmerge; aborts right after outputting the error message. Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2964
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2970
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVMERGE_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2972
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2978
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVMERGE_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2980
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2986
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVMERGE_OPTIONS</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2988
|
||
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvmerge.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvmerge.xml:2999
|
||
msgid "&mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mkvpropedit;, &mtxgui;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the product entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:5
|
||
msgid "mkvpropedit"
|
||
msgstr "mkvpropedit"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:45
|
||
msgid "Modify properties of existing &matroska; files without a complete remux"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:51
|
||
msgid "<command>mkvpropedit</command> <arg>options</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">source-filename</arg> <arg choice=\"req\">actions</arg>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:61
|
||
msgid "This program analyses an existing &matroska; file and modifies some of its properties. Then it writes those modifications to the existing file. Among the properties that can be changed are the segment information elements (e.g. the title) and the track headers (e.g. the language code, 'default track' flag or the name)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:67
|
||
msgid "Options:"
|
||
msgstr "옵션:"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:72
|
||
msgid "<option>-l</option>, <option>--list-property-names</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:75
|
||
msgid "Lists all known and editable property names, their type (string, integer, boolean etc) and a short description. The program exits afterwards. Therefore the <parameter>source-filename</parameter> parameter does not have to be supplied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:82
|
||
msgid "<option>-p</option>, <option>--parse-mode</option> <parameter>mode</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:85
|
||
msgid "Sets the parse mode. The parameter '<parameter>mode</parameter>' can either be '<literal>fast</literal>' (which is also the default) or '<literal>full</literal>'. The '<literal>fast</literal>' mode does not parse the whole file but uses the meta seek elements for locating the required elements of a source file. In 99% of all cases this is enough. But for files that do not contain meta seek elements or which are damaged the user might have to set the '<literal>full</literal>' parse mode. A full scan of a file can take a couple of minutes while a fast scan only takes seconds."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:96
|
||
msgid "Actions that deal with track and segment info properties:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:101
|
||
msgid "<option>-e</option>, <option>--edit</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:104
|
||
msgid "Sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This option can be used multiple times in order to make modifications to more than one element."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:111
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:532
|
||
msgid "By default &mkvpropedit; will edit the segment information section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:115
|
||
msgid "See the section about <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> for a full description of the syntax."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:121
|
||
msgid "<option>-a</option>, <option>--add</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:124
|
||
msgid "Adds a property <parameter>name</parameter> with the value <parameter>value</parameter>. The property will be added even if such a property exists already. Note that most properties are unique and cannot occur more than once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:131
|
||
msgid "<option>-s</option>, <option>--set</option> <parameter>name</parameter>=<parameter>value</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:134
|
||
msgid "Sets all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter> to the value <parameter>value</parameter>. If no such property exists then it will be added."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:141
|
||
msgid "<option>-d</option>, <option>--delete</option> <parameter>name</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:144
|
||
msgid "Deletes all occurrences of the property <parameter>name</parameter>. Note that some properties are required and cannot be deleted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:151
|
||
msgid "Actions that deal with tags and chapters:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:156
|
||
msgid "<option>-t</option>, <option>--tags</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>:<parameter>filename</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:159
|
||
msgid "Add or replace tags in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML tag format that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:164
|
||
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> must be one of the words <constant>all</constant>, <constant>global</constant> or <constant>track</constant>. For <constant>all</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace or remove all tags in a file. With <constant>global</constant> only global tags will be replaced or removed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:170
|
||
msgid "With <constant>track</constant> &mkvpropedit; will replace tags for a specific track. Additionally the tags read from <filename>filename</filename> will be assigned to the same track. The track is specified in the same way <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.edit_selectors\">edit selectors</link> are specified (see below), e.g. <code>--tags track:a1:new-audio-tags.xml</code>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:179
|
||
msgid "<option>--add-track-statistics-tags</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:182
|
||
msgid "Calculates statistics for all tracks in a file and adds new statistics tags for them. If the file already contains such tags then they'll be updated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:188
|
||
msgid "<option>--delete-track-statistics-tags</option>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:191
|
||
msgid "Deletes all existing track statistics tags from a file. If the file doesn't contain track statistics tags then it won't be modified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:197
|
||
msgid "<option>-c</option>, <option>--chapters</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:200
|
||
msgid "Add or replace chapters in the file with the ones from <filename>filename</filename> or remove them if <filename>filename</filename> is empty. &mkvpropedit; reads the same XML and simple chapter formats that &mkvmerge; reads as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:208
|
||
msgid "Actions for handling attachments:"
|
||
msgstr "첨부 파일 처리 동작:"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:213
|
||
msgid "<option>--add-attachment</option> <parameter>filename</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:216
|
||
msgid "Adds a new attachment from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:220
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's name. Otherwise it is derived from <parameter>filename</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:225
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's MIME type. Otherwise it is auto-detected from the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:230
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's description. Otherwise no description will be set."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:235
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-uid</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is used as the new attachment's UID. Otherwise a random UID will be generated automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:242
|
||
msgid "<option>--replace-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter><literal>:</literal><parameter>filename</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:245
|
||
msgid "Replaces one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter> with the file <parameter>filename</parameter>. If more than one existing attachment matches <parameter>selector</parameter> then all of their contents will be replaced by the content of <parameter>filename</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:251
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:286
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:320
|
||
msgid "The <parameter>selector</parameter> can have one of four forms. They're exlained below in the section <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.attachment_selectors\">attachment selectors</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:256
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:291
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-name</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new name for each modified attachment. Otherwise the names aren't changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:261
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:296
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-mime-type</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new MIME type for each modified attachment. Otherwise the MIME types aren't changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:266
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:301
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-description</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new description for each modified attachment. Otherwise the descriptions aren't changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:271
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:306
|
||
msgid "If the option <option>--attachment-uid</option> has been used prior to this option then its value is set as the new UID for each modified attachment. Otherwise the UIDs aren't changed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:278
|
||
msgid "<option>--update-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:281
|
||
msgid "Sets the properties of one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter>. If more than one existing attachment matches <parameter>selector</parameter> then all of their properties will be updated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:313
|
||
msgid "<option>--delete-attachment</option> <parameter>selector</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:316
|
||
msgid "Deletes one or more attachments that match <parameter>selector</parameter>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:328
|
||
msgid "Options for attachment actions:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:336
|
||
msgid "Sets the name to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:342
|
||
msgid "<option>--attachment-mime-type</option> <parameter>mime-type</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:345
|
||
msgid "Sets the MIME type to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:354
|
||
msgid "Sets the description to use for the following <option>--add-attachment</option> or <option>--replace-attachment</option> operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:361
|
||
msgid "Other options:"
|
||
msgstr "다른 옵션:"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:389
|
||
msgid "Writes all messages to the file <parameter>file-name</parameter> instead of to the console. While this can be done easily with output redirection there are cases in which this option is needed: when the terminal reinterprets the output before writing it to a file. The character set set with <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.output_charset\"><option>--output-charset</option></link> is honored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:422
|
||
msgid "Turn on experimental features. A list of available features can be requested with <command>mkvpropedit --engage list</command>. These features are not meant to be used in normal situations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:499
|
||
msgid "Several chars can be escaped, e.g. if you need to start a non-comment line with '#'. The rules are described in <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">the section about escaping text</link>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:504
|
||
msgid "The command line '<command>mkvpropedit source.mkv --edit track:a2 --set name=Comments</command>' could be converted into the following option file:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:508
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"# Modify source.mkv\n"
|
||
"source.mkv\n"
|
||
"# Edit the second audio track\n"
|
||
"--edit\n"
|
||
"track:a2\n"
|
||
"# and set the title to 'Comments'\n"
|
||
"--set\n"
|
||
"name=Comments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:522
|
||
msgid "Edit selectors"
|
||
msgstr "선택기 편집"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:524
|
||
msgid "The <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option sets the &matroska; file section (segment information or a certain track's headers) that all following <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.add\">add</link>, <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.set\">set</link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete\">delete</link> actions operate on. This stays valid until the next <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option is found. The argument to this option is called the edit selector."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:536
|
||
msgid "Segment information"
|
||
msgstr "세그먼트 정보"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:538
|
||
msgid "The segment information can be selected with one of these three words: '<literal>info</literal>', '<literal>segment_info</literal>' or '<literal>segmentinfo</literal>'. It contains properties like the segment title or the segment <abbrev>UID</abbrev>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:544
|
||
msgid "Track headers"
|
||
msgstr "트랙 헤더"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:546
|
||
msgid "Track headers can be selected with a slightly more complex selector. All variations start with '<literal>track:</literal>'. The track header properties include elements like the language code, 'default track' flag or the track's name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:552
|
||
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>n</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:555
|
||
msgid "If the parameter <parameter>n</parameter> is a number then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track will be selected. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:560
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:577
|
||
msgid "Numbering starts at 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:566
|
||
msgid "<option>track:</option><parameter>t</parameter><parameter>n</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:569
|
||
msgid "If the parameter starts with a single character <parameter>t</parameter> followed by a <parameter>n</parameter> then the <parameter>n</parameter>th track of a specific track type will be selected. The track type parameter <parameter>t</parameter> must be one of these four characters: '<literal>a</literal>' for an audio track, '<literal>b</literal>' for a button track, '<literal>s</literal>' for a subtitle track and '<literal>v</literal>' for a video track. The track order is the same that &mkvmerge;'s <option>--identify</option> option outputs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:583
|
||
msgid "<option>track:</option>=<parameter>uid</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:586
|
||
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>=</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>uid</parameter> then the track whose track <abbrev>UID</abbrev> element equals this <parameter>uid</parameter>. Track <abbrev>UIDs</abbrev> can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:593
|
||
msgid "<option>track:</option>@<parameter>number</parameter>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:596
|
||
msgid "If the parameter starts with a '<literal>@</literal>' followed by a number <parameter>number</parameter> then the track whose track number element equals this <parameter>number</parameter>. Track number can be obtained with &mkvinfo;."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:605
|
||
msgid "Notes"
|
||
msgstr "주의"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:607
|
||
msgid "Due to the nature of the track edit selectors it is possible that several selectors actually match the same track headers. In such cases all actions for those edit selectors will be combined and executed in the order in which they're given on the command line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:614
|
||
msgid "Attachment selectors"
|
||
msgstr "첨부 파일 선택기"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:617
|
||
msgid "An attachment selector is used with the two actions <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.replace_attachment\"><option>--replace-attachment</option></link> and <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.delete_attachment\"><option>--delete-attachment</option></link>. It can have one of the following four forms:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:626
|
||
msgid "Selection by attachment ID. In this form the selector is simply a number, the attachment's ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s identification command."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:633
|
||
msgid "Selection by attachment UID (unique ID). In this form the selector is the equal sign <literal>=</literal> followed by a number, the attachment's unique ID as output by &mkvmerge;'s verbose identification command."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:640
|
||
msgid "Selection by attachment name. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>name:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's name. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the name to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:648
|
||
msgid "Selection by MIME type. In this form the selector is the literal word <literal>mime-type:</literal> followed by the existing attachment's MIME type. If this selector is used with <option>--replace-attachment</option> then colons within the MIME type to match must be escaped as <literal>\\c</literal>."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:659
|
||
msgid "The following example edits a file called '<literal>movie.mkv</literal>'. It sets the segment title and modifies the language code of an audio and a subtitle track. Note that this example can be shortened by leaving out the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option because editing the segment information element is the default for all options found before the first <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.edit\"><option>--edit</option></link> option anyway."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:665
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit info --set \"title=The movie\" --edit track:a1 --set language=fre --edit track:a2 --set language=ita"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:668
|
||
msgid "The second example removes the 'default track flag' from the first subtitle track and sets it for the second one. Note that &mkvpropedit;, unlike &mkvmerge;, does not set the 'default track flag' of other tracks to '0' if it is set to '1' for a different track automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:673
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --edit track:s1 --set flag-default=0 --edit track:s2 --set flag-default=1"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:676
|
||
msgid "Replacing the tags for the second subtitle track in a file looks like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:679
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags track:s2:new-subtitle-tags.xml"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:682
|
||
msgid "Removing all tags requires leaving out the file name:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:685
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --tags all:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:688
|
||
msgid "Replacing the chapters in a file looks like this:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:691
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters new-chapters.xml"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:694
|
||
msgid "Removing all chapters requires leaving out the file name:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:697
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --chapters ''"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:700
|
||
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>) as an attachment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:703
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --add-attachment Arial.ttf"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:706
|
||
msgid "Adding a font file (<literal>89719823.ttf</literal>) as an attachment and providing some information as it really is just Arial:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:709
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --attachment-mime-type application/x-truetype-font --add-attachment 89719823.ttf"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:712
|
||
msgid "Replacing one attached font (<literal>Comic.ttf</literal>) file with another one (<literal>Arial.ttf</literal>):"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:715
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --attachment-name Arial.ttf --attachment-description 'The Arial font as a TrueType font' --replace-attachment name:Comic.ttf:Arial.ttf"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:718
|
||
msgid "Deleting the second attached file, whatever it may be:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:721
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment 2"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:724
|
||
msgid "Deleting all attached fonts by MIME type:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><screen>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:727
|
||
#, no-wrap
|
||
msgid "$ mkvpropedit movie.mkv --delete-attachment mime-type:application/x-truetype-font"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:734
|
||
msgid "&mkvpropedit; exits with one of three exit codes:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:740
|
||
msgid "<constant>0</constant> -- This exit codes means that the modification has completed successfully."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:746
|
||
msgid "<constant>1</constant> -- In this case &mkvpropedit; has output at least one warning, but the modification did continue. A warning is prefixed with the text '<literal>Warning:</literal>'. Depending on the issues involved the resulting files might be ok or not. The user is urged to check both the warning and the resulting files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:754
|
||
msgid "<constant>2</constant> -- This exit code is used after an error occurred. &mkvpropedit; aborts right after outputting the error message. Error messages range from wrong command line arguments over read/write errors to broken files."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:786
|
||
msgid "&mkvpropedit; uses the default variables that determine the system's locale (e.g. <varname>LANG</varname> and the <varname>LC_*</varname> family). Additional variables:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:792
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
|
||
msgstr "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_DEBUG</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_DEBUG</varname> 와 그 간략한 형태인<varname>MTX_DEBUG</varname>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:794
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.debug\"><option>--debug</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:800
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
|
||
msgstr "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_ENGAGE</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_ENGAGE</varname> 와 그 간략한 형태인 <varname>MTX_ENGAGE</varname>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:802
|
||
msgid "The content is treated as if it had been passed via the <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.description.engage\"><option>--engage</option></link> option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:808
|
||
msgid "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_OPTIONS</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> and its short form <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
|
||
msgstr "<varname>MKVPROPEDIT_OPTIONS</varname>, <varname>MKVTOOLNIX_OPTIONS</varname> 와 그 간략한 형태인 <varname>MTX_OPTIONS</varname>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:810
|
||
msgid "The content is split on white space. The resulting partial strings are treated as if it had been passed as command line options. If you need to pass special characters (e.g. spaces) then you have to escape them (see <link linkend=\"mkvpropedit.escaping\">the section about escaping special characters in text</link>)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvpropedit.xml:821
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mtxgui;"
|
||
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvextract;, &mtxgui;"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of the product entity
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:5
|
||
msgid "mkvtoolnix-gui"
|
||
msgstr "mkvtoolnix-gui"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:45
|
||
msgid "a GUI for &mkvmerge; including a chapter and a header editor"
|
||
msgstr "챕터와 헤더 편집기를 포함하는 &mkvmerge;용 GUI"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsynopsisdiv><cmdsynopsis>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:51
|
||
msgid "<command>mkvtoolnix-gui</command> <group> <arg choice=\"opt\">configuration-file-name.mtxcfg</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">source-file.ext</arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">--edit-chapters <arg>chapter-file.ext</arg></arg> <arg choice=\"opt\">--edit-headers <arg>matroska-file.mkv</arg></arg> </group>"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:64
|
||
msgid "&mkvtoolnix-gui; is a <productname>Qt</productname> based <abbrev>GUI</abbrev> for &mkvmerge; (and will evolve to cover &mkvinfo; and &mkvextract; as well). It offers easy access to most of &mkvmerge;'s options. All settings (e.g. source files, track options etc) can be saved and restored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:70
|
||
msgid "Listing configuration file names with the extension <literal>.mtxcfg</literal> causes the GUI to load the those configuration files in the appropriate tool. Any other file name is added as an input file for merging, opened in the chapter editor or in the header editor depending on the current mode. The current mode can be changed with <option>--merge</option>, <option>--edit-chapters</option> or <option>--edit-headers</option>. The default mode is adding files for merging."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:77
|
||
msgid "Note that if an instance of the application is already running when the application is started a second time all file names given on the command line are handled by the already-running instance."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:83
|
||
msgid "<option>--merge</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--merge</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:85
|
||
msgid "All following file names will be added as input files to the current merge job. This is the default mode."
|
||
msgstr "다음 파일명을 현재 합치기 작업의 입력 파일로 추가할 것입니다. 이것이 기본 모드입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:90
|
||
msgid "<option>--edit-chapters</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--edit-chapters</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:92
|
||
msgid "All following file names will be opened in the chapter editor."
|
||
msgstr "다음의 모든 파일명을 챕터 편집기에서 열 것입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:97
|
||
msgid "<option>--edit-headers</option>"
|
||
msgstr "<option>--edit-headers</option>"
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:99
|
||
msgid "All following file names will be opened in the header editor."
|
||
msgstr "다음의 모든 파일명을 헤더 편집기에서 열 것입니다."
|
||
|
||
#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
|
||
#: doc/man/mkvtoolnix-gui.xml:126
|
||
msgid "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"
|
||
msgstr "&mkvmerge;, &mkvextract;, &mkvinfo;, &mkvpropedit;"
|
||
|